KV Ar142p52
Uploaded by
Артем МакаренкоKV Ar142p52
Uploaded by
Артем МакаренкоREVISION HISTORY BX1S CHASSIS
MODEL PART NO.: 9-872-459-01
KV-AR142M50
KV-AR142M50
KV-AR142M80
KV-AR142M90
KV-AR142P52
NO. SUFFIX DATE SUPP / CORR DESCRIPTION
1 -01 2004/7 __ 1st. Issue
SERVICE MANUAL BX1S CHASSIS
MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.
KV-AR142M50 RM-W101 Malaysia SCC-U96R-A
KV-AR142M50 RM-W101 Vietnam SCC-V07R-A
KV-AR142M80 RM-W101 E SCC-U98X-A
KV-AR142M90 RM-W101 Hong Kong SCC-U97M-A
KV-AR142P52 RM-W101 Thailand SCC-V20D-A
RM-W101
TRINITRON ® COLOR TV
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title Page Section Title Page
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION .............................. 3 4. DIAGRAMS
4-1. Block Diagram ........................................................ 33
1. DISASSEMBLY 4-2. Circuit Boards Location .......................................... 34
1-1. Rear Cover Removal ................................................. 6 4-3. Schematic Diagram Information ............................ 34
1-2. Speaker Removal ...................................................... 6 4-3-1. A Board — Processor (Block 001) .............. 35
1-3. Chassis Assy Removal .............................................. 6 4-3-2. A Board — Audio (Block 002) .................... 37
1-4. Service Position ........................................................ 6 4-3-3. A Board — Power Supply (Block 003) ....... 39
1-5. Terminal Bracket Removal ....................................... 6 4-3-4. A Board — Deflection (Block 004) ............. 41
1-6. A Board Removal ...................................................... 6 4-3-5. A Board — Tuner (Block 005) .................... 43
1-7. Picture Tube Removal ............................................... 7 4-3-6. A Board — Jack (Block 006) ...................... 45
4-3-7. A Board — Heat Sink (Block 007) .............. 47
2. SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS 4-3-8. C Board Schematic Diagrams ...................... 48
2-1. Beam Landing ........................................................... 8 4-4. Voltage Measurement and Waveforms ................... 49
2-2. Convergence .............................................................. 9 4-5. Printed Wiring Boards and Parts Location ............. 52
2-3. Focus Adjustment .................................................... 11 4-6. Semiconductors ....................................................... 57
2-4. G2 (SCREEN) Adjustments ................................... 11
2-5 White Balance Adjustment ..................................... 11 5. EXPLODED VIEWS
2-6 Sub Bright Adjustment ........................................... 11 5-1. Chassis ..................................................................... 59
3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS 6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST .................................... 61
3-1. Adjustment With Commander ................................ 12
3-2. Adjustment Method ................................................ 13
3-3. Picture Quality Adjustments ................................... 30 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3-4. Deflection Adjustment ............................................ 30
3-5. Picture Distortion Adjustment ................................ 32
CAUTION SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
SHORT CIRCUIT THE ANODE OF THE PICTURE TUBE AND COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON
THE ANODE CAP TO THE METAL CHASSIS, CRT SHIELD, THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN
OR CARBON PAINTED ON THE CRT, AFTER REMOVING THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION.
THE ANODE. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS
WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS
MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.
–2–
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
The units in this manual contain a self diagnostic function. If an error occurs, the STANDBY (1) indicator will automatically
begin to flash. A description of the self-diagnosis function is explained in the instruction manual. The number of times the
STANDBY (1) indicator flashes translates to a probable source of the problem. If an error symptom cannot be reproduced,
the remote commander can be used to review the failure occurrence data stored in memory to reveal past problems and
how often these problems occur.
1. DIAGNOSTIC TEST INDICATORS
When an errors occurs, the STANDBY (1) indicator will flash a set number of times to indicate the possible cause of the
problem. If there is more than one error, the indicator will identify the first of the problem areas.
Result for all of the following diagnosis items are displayed on screen. No error has occured if the screen displays a "0".
Diagnosis No. of timer Self-Diagnostic Probable Cause Detected
Item STANDBY (1) display/ Location Symptoms
Description indicator flashes Diagnosis result
Power does Does not light – • Power cord is not plugged • Power does not turn on.
not turn on in. • No power is supplied on
• Fuse is burned out (F600) TV.
A board. • AC Power supply is faulty.
+B overcurrent 2 times 2:0 • H OUT (Q805) is shorted. • Power does not turn on.
(OCP)* or (A board) • Load on power line is
2:1 ~ 255 • IC751 is shorted. (C board) shorted.
V-Protect 4 times 4:0 • +13V is not supplied. • Has entered standby state
or (A board) after horizontal raster.
4:1 ~ 255 • IC804 is faulty. (A board) • Vertical deflection pulse is
stopped.
• Power line is shorted or
power supply is shorted.
IK (AKB) 5 times 5:0 • Video OUT (IC1545) is • No raster is generated.
or faulty. (A board) • CRT Cathode current
5:1 ~ 255 • IC001 is faulty. (A board) detection reference pulse
• Screen (G2) is improperly output is small.
adjusted.**
Power supply 8 times 8:0 • IC604 faulty. • No power supply to CRT
NG (+5V) for or • IC602 faulty. ANODE.
Video Processor 8:1 ~ 255 • No RASTER is generated.
* If a +B overcurrent is detected, stoppage of the vertical deflection is detected simultaneously. The symptom that is
diagnosed first by the mirco controller is displayed on the screen.
** Refer to Screen (G2) Adjustment in this manual.
–3–
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
2. DISPLAY OF STANDBY (1) INDICATOR
FLASH COUNT Diagnostic Item Flash Count*
+B overcurrent 2 times
2 times V-Protect 4 times
4 times IK (AKB) 5 times
Power Supply NG (+5V) 8 times
5 times
for Video processor
8 times
Lamp ON 300ms * One flash count is not used for self-diagnosis.
Lamp OFF 300ms Lamp OFF 3 sec.
STANDBY u indicator
3. STOPPING THE STANDBY (1) INDICATOR FLASH
Turn off the power switch on the TV main unit or unplug the power cord from the outlet to stop the STANDBY (1)
indicator from flashing.
4. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY
For errors with symptoms such as "power sometimes shuts off" or "screen sometimes goes off" that cannot be confirmed,
it is possible to bring up past occurrences of failure on the screen for confirmation.
[To Bring Up Screen Test]
In standby mode, press buttons on the remote commander sequentially in rapid succession as shown below:
Display / Channel 5 / Volume / Power / TV
˘
Note that this differs from entering the service mode (volume [+]).
The following screen will be displayed indicating the error count.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC
2: 0
3: N/A
4: 0
5: 1 Numeral "0" means that no fault was detected.
8: 0
Numeral "1" means the number of a fault occurrence (1 ~ 255).
101 : N/A
–4–
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
5. HANDLING OF SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY
Since the diagnostic results displayed on the screen are not automatically cleared, always check the self-diagnostic
screen during repairs. When you have completed the repairs, clear the result display to "0".
Unless the result display is cleared to "0", the self-diagnosis function will not be able to detect subsequent faults after
completion of the repairs.
[Clearing the result display]
To clear the result display to "0", press buttons on the remote commander subsequent as shown below when the
self-diagnostic screen is being displayed.
8,-
[Quitting Self-diagnostic screen]
To quit the entire self-diagnostic screen, turn off the power switch on the remote commander or the main unit.
6. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT
A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD
IC001 IC804 IC001 IC003
Y/CHROMA JUNGLE V.OUT SYSTEM MEMORY
FROM SDA1
C BOARD 84 IK F.B-PLS 3 13 99 5 SDA
IC751 PIN 5 V.GUARD
A BOARD RED LED 122
FROM 32 EHTO
DISPLAY
Q804
COLLECTOR
[+B overcurrent $OCP%] Occurs when an overcurrent on the +B(135V) line is detected by pin 32 of IC001 (A board).
If the voltage of pin 32 of IC001 (A board) is more than 4V, the unit will automatically go
to standby.
[V-PROTECT] Occurs when an absence of the vertical deflection pulse is detected by pin 13 of IC001
(A board).
[IK $AKB%] If the RGB levels* do not balance within 15 sec after the power is turned on, this error will
be detected by IC001 (A board). TV will stay on, but there will be 5 times LED blinking.
POWER SUPPLY NG (+5V) Occurs when IC001 internal HV protect detects an abnormal H-Pulse (frequency) due to
for VIDEO PROCESSOR improper power supply to IC001. TV cuts off high voltage power of anode CRT. No picture
will be detected. eg: IC602, IC604 go faulty.
* (Refers to the RGB levels of the AKB detection Ref pulse that detects IK.)
–5–
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
SECTION 1
DISASSEMBLY
1-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL 1-2. SPEAKER REMOVAL
2 Rear cover
1 Four screws
(SCREW (4 × 16),
TAPPING +P)
1 Six screws
(+BVTP 4 × 16 2 Speaker Block Assy
TYPE2 IT-3)
1-3. CHASSIS ASSY REMOVAL 1-4. SERVICE POSITION
1-5. TERMINAL BRACKET REMOVAL 1-6. A BOARD REMOVAL
4 FBT
bracket
1 One screw
(+BVTP 3 × 12
TYPE2 IT-3)
3 One screw A Board
(+BVTP 4 × 16
TYPE2 IT-3)
2 Terminal bracket
–6–
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
1-7. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL
Note:
• Please make sure the TV set is not in standing position before removing necessary CRT support located on bottom
right and left.
1) Place the TV set with the CRT face down on a cushion jig.
2) Remove the rear cover.
3) Unplug all inter connecting leads from the Deflection Yoke, Degaussing Coil and CRT grounding strap.
qf Top switch, block
qd Nut, Special, CRT (x4) qs Earth Coating Assy
0 Degaussing Coil 4 Anode Cap Removal
5 C Board Removal
qa Spring Tension Removal
8 Support, CRT Removal (x2)
6 Loosen the Deflection Yoke 7 Chassis Assy Removal
fixing screw and remove
• REMOVAL OF ANODE-CAP
Note:
• After removing the anode, short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT
shield or carbon paint on the CRT.
c
• REMOVING PROCEDURES
a
Anode Button
a
turning up the rubber cap and pulling it up in the
direction of the arrow C.
1 Turn up one side of the rubber cap in the direction • HOW TO HANDLE AN ANODE-CAP
indicated by the arrow A. 1 Do not damage the surface of anode-caps with
sharp shaped objects.
2 Do not press the rubber too hard so as not to
damage the inside of anode-cap.
A metal fitting called the shatter-hook terminal is
b built into the rubber.
b 3 Do not turn the foot of rubber over too hard.
The shatter-hook terminal will stick out or damage
the rubber.
2 Using a thumb pull up the rubber cap firmly in the di-
rection indicated by the arrow B.
3 When one side of the rubber cap is separated from
the anode button, the anode-cap can be removed by
–7–
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
SECTION 2
SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS
• The following adjustments should be made when a Perform the adjustments in the following order :
complete realignment is required or a new picture 1. Beam Landing
tube is installed. 2. Convergence
3. Focus
Set the controls as follows unless otherwise noted: 4. Screen(G2)
VIDEO model ..................................................... Standard 5. White Balance
PICTURE control .................................................. normal Note : Test Equipment Required.
BRIGHTNESS control .......................................... normal 1. Pattern Generator
2. Degausser
3. DC Power Supply
4. Digital Multimeter
5. Oscilloscope
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preparation : Purity control
• In order to reduce the influence of geomagnetism on
the set's picture tube, face it east or west.
• Switch on the set's power and degauss with the
degausser.
2-1. BEAM LANDING
Picture Mode: DYNAMIC
1. Input a white signal with the pattern generator.
Contrast Fig. 2-2
Brightness
normal }
2. Set the pattern generator raster signal to a green
raster.
3. Move the deflection yoke to the rear and adjust with Blue
purity control so that the green is at the center and Red
the blue and the red take up equally sized areas on
each side. (See Figures 2-1 through 2-4.) Green
4. Move the deflection yoke forward and adjust so that
the entire screen is green. (See Figure 2-1.)
5. Switch the raster signal to blue then to red and verify Fig. 2-3
the condition.
6. When the position of the deflection yoke has been
decided fasten the deflection yoke with the screws
and DY spacers.
Purity control
7. If the beam does not land correctly in all the corners, corrects this area.
Disk magnets or rotatable
use a magnet to adjust it. (See Figure 2-4.) disk magnets correct these
areas (a-d).
b a
c d
Deflection yoke positioning
corrects these areas.
Fig. 2-1 Fig. 2-4
–8–
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
2-2. CONVERGENCE Operation of V.STAT magnet
• Before starting this adjustment, adjust the focus, If the V.Stat magnet is moved in the “A” and “B” arrows,
horizontal size and vertical size. the red, green and blue dots moves as shown below.
• Receive dot/hatch signal.
A B
• Pic mode: Standard.
B B B
(1) Horizontal and Vertical Static Convergence
G G
A R R
Center dot
R
G
B
R G B Moved RV750 H.STAT.
the red, green and blue dots move as shown below.
V. STAT A
H. STAT VR B
Magnet
R G B B G R
4. BMC (Hexapole) Magnet.
If the red, green and blue dots are not balanced or
aligned, then use the BMC magnet to adjust in the
RV750 manner described below.
H. STAT
C Board R G B R G B R G B
1. (Moving vertically), adjust the V.STAT magnet so that
the red, green and blue dots are on top of each other
at the center of the screen.
2. (Moving horizontally), adjust the H.STAT control so
that the red, green and blue dots are on top of each
other at the center of the screen. R B
G R G B G
3. If the H.STAT variable resistor cannot bring the red, R B
green and blue dots together at the center of the
screen, adjust the horizontal convergence with the H.
STAT variable resistor and the V.STAT magnet in the
manner given below.
(In this case, the H.STAT variable resistor and the V.
STAT magnet influence each other, so be sure to
perform adjustments while tracking.)
Purity BMC
BMC (Hexapole)
Purity
DY pocket
V.STAT
V.STAT
–9–
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
(2) Convergence Rough Adjustment
Preparation:
• Before starting this adjustment, adjust the horizontal
static convergence and the vertical static
convergence
RB B
R
TLH TLV
RB
R
B
YCH XCV
TLH Insert TLH Correction Plate to DY Pocket ON DY:
(Left or Right) TLV
YCH Insert YCH VOL on DY
TLV Rotate TLV VOL on DY YCH
DY pocket
XCV Rotate XCV Adj core on DY
TLH Plate
(3) Screen corner Convergence TLV
XCV
1. Affix a Piece A (90), conv. correct corresponding to
the misconverged areas. XCV
DY pocket
b
b a
a-d : screen-corner
misconvergence
a
c d
Piece A (90), conv. correct c
– 10 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
2-3. FOCUS ADJUSTMENT 2-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
FOCUS adjustment should be completed before the W/B 1. Set to Service Mode (Refer Section 3-1:
adjustment: ADJUSTMENTS WITH COMMANDER)
1. Receive digital monoscope pattern. 2. Input white raster signal.
2. Set picture mode: DYNAMIC. 3. Set Picture to <DYNAMIC mode>
3. Adjust focus VR to obtain a just focus at the center of 4. Select RDRV (002) with 1 and 4 and fixed the
the screen. value to 37 (dec) with 3 and 6.
4. Change receiving signal to white pattern and blue 5. Adjust WHBL GDRV (003) and BDRV (004) with 1
back. and 4 and adjust the data with 3 and 6 for best
5. Confirm MAGENTA RING is not noticeable. Incase white balance in Highlight condition.
magenta ring is obvious, then adjust FOCUS VR to 6. Write into the memory by pressing [MUTING] then -.
balance magenta ring and FOCUS. 7. Adjust WHBL BKOR (000) and BKOG (001) with 1
and 4 and adjust the level with 3 and 6 for best
white balance cut-off condition.
8. Write into memory by pressing [MUTING] then -.
2-6. SUB BRIGHT ADJUSTMENT
1. Set to service mode.
2. Brightness set to 50%, Picture....Minimum
3. Select WHBL SBRT (010) with 1 and 4 and adjust
SBRT (010) data with 3 and 6 so that the third
stripe from right dimly lit.
4. Write into the memory by pressing [MUTING] then -.
5. GA models C/O: 10 IRE
S/G: 20 IRE
FOCUS
SCREEN
FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T801-21")
FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T802-14")
2-4. G2 (SCREEN) ADJUSTMENTS
1. Set the PICTURE & BRIGHTNESS to STANDARD.
2. Put the Video input mode signal.
3. Connect R,G,B of the C board cathode to
oscilloscope.
4. Adjust Brightness to obtain the cathode value to
value below.
5. Adjust G2 (screen) on the FBT until picture shows
the point before cut off.
165 ± 2VDC
– 11 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
SECTION 3
CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
3-1. ADJUSTMENTS WITH COMMANDER
Service adjustments to this model can be performed using the supplied remote commander RM-W101.
a. ENTERING SERVICE MODE
With the unit on standby
t [DISPLAY] t 5 t [VOL $+% ] t [POWER]
This operation sequence puts the unit into service mode.
This screen display is:
item no. service data NVM field channel no./
category in decimal item name in decimal NG service command frequency video input name
GEOM 006 HSIZ 031 x SERVICE 60 S VIDEO 1
software service data reserved power on time
release ID version in binary for factory color system (decimal)
SUS01 0.69U 0001 1111 FF FF NTSC3 65535
Status Byte Status Byte
Flash DCXO #1 SSD #2 SSD
111 11 11 1 7 11 FG xy 111 000000 000000
VDSP_C Flag
CO_LOCKED
VDSP
Detected Stereo Type (Direct Value from CZ_ Stereo_Mode)
S : for Sony 111 Needed for Nicam DCXO aligment Purpose
A : Aiwa
xy Value of x = 0 - Unknown, 1 - BTSC, 2 - A2, 3 - NICAM,
U S : US/Latin/Taiwan
4 - KOREAN, 5 - Japan, 6 - AV Stereo
E U : Europe
Value of y = 0 - Mono, 1 - Stereo, 2 - Bilingual, 4 - SAP/Single
G A : General Area
J P : Japan
0 1 : serial no. of the M/P release
for each destination
b. METHOD OF CANCELLATION FROM SERVICE MODE
Set the standby condition (Press [POWER] button on the commander), then press [POWER] button again, hereupon it
becomes TV mode.
c. METHOD OF WRITE INTO MEMORY
1. Set to Service Mode.
2. Press 1 (UP) and 4 (DOWN), to select the adjustment item.
3. Change item by pressing 3, 6.
4. Press [MUTING] button to indicate WRITE on the screen.
5. Press - button to write into memory.
1, 4 Select the adjustment item.
r
3, 6 Raise/lower the data value.
r
[MUTING] Writes.
r
- Executes the writing.
d. MEMORY WRITE CONFIRMATION METHOD
1. After adjustment, pull out the plug from AC outlet, and then plug into AC outlet again.
2. Turn the power switch ON and set to Service Mode.
3. Call the adjusted items again to confirm adjustments were made.
– 12 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
e. OTHER FUNCTION VIA REMOTE COMMANDER
7, - All the data becomes the values in memory.
8, - All user control goes to the standard state.
Display, - Service data initialization (Be sure not to use usually.)
2, 5 Select Device or Category
3-2. ADJUSTMENT METHOD
Item Number 000 HPOS
This explanation uses H POSITION as an example.
1. Select "000 HPOS" with the 1 and 4 buttons, or 2 and 5.
2. Raise/lower the data with the 3 and 6 buttons.
3. Select the optimum state. (The standard is IF for PAL reception.)
4. Write with the [MUTING] button. (The display changes to WRITE.)
5. Execute the writing with the - button. (The WRITE display will be changed to red color while excuting, and back to
SERVICE.)
Example on screen display :-
GREEN
GEOM 000 HPOS 039 SERVICE 50 VIDEO 1
Adjusted with [3] and [6] buttons.
GREEN
GEOM 000 HPOS 039 WRITE 50 VIDEO 1
write with [MUTING].
RED
The WRITE display
GEOM 000 HPOS 039 WRITE 50 VIDEO 1 then returns to green
SERVICE
Write executed with [0].
Use the same method for all Items. Use 1 and 4 to select the adjustment item, use 3 and 6 to adjust, write with
[MUTING], then execute the write with -.
Note : 1. In [WRITE], the data for all items are written into memory together.
2. For adjustment items that have different standard data between 50Hz or 60Hz, be sure to use the respective
input signal after adjustment.
– 13 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
Adjustment Item Table
NOTE
a) In the initial value (detailed)column, the data after the slash mark ("/") refers to NTSC model data.
No("/") means data is common for multi and NTSC model.
b) Item remarked "*" and "**", please refer page 25~26 for the data.
c) shaded items are no data.
d) Standard data listed on the Adjustment Item Table are reference values, therefore it may be different for each model and for each mode.
e) Note for the Different Data those are the standard data values written on the microprocessor. Therefore, the data values of the models are stored respectively in the memory.
In the case of a device replacement, adjustment by rewriting the data value is necessary for some items.
f) Multi ver5.23, NTSC ver5.23
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec (4:3) 50 (4:3) 60 (4:3) w50 (4:3) w60
GEOM 000 HPOS 031 063 ADJUST Horizontal Shift (HS) 50/60/w50/w60 TV-Processor 40/31 45/31 42/31 42/31
RM-W101
001 HPAR 031 063 ADJUST Horizontal Parallelogram 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
002 HBOW 031 063 ADJUST Horizontal Bow 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
003 VLIN 031 063 ADJUST Vertical Linearity 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
– 14 –
004 VSCR 031 063 ADJUST Vertical Scroll 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
005 HSIZ 031 063 ADJUST EW Width (EW) 50/60/w50/w60 26/31 28/31 25/31 25/31
006 EWPW 031 063 ADJUST EW Parabola/Width (PW) 50/60/w50/w60 24/31 31 31 31
007 UCOP 017 063 ADJUST EW Upper Corner Parabola 50/60/w50/w60 31/17 31/17 31/17 31/17
008 LCOP 017 063 ADJUST EW Lower Corner Parabola 50/60/w50/w60 31/17 31/17 31/17 31/17
009 EWTZ 031 063 ADJUST EW Trapezium 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
010 VSLP 031 063 ADJUST Vertical Slope (VS) 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
011 VSIZ 015 063 ADJUST Vertical Amplitude 50/60/w50/w60 24/15 26/15 15 15
012 SCOR 014 063 ADJUST S-Correction (SC) 50/60/w50/w60 25/14 25/14 25/14 25/14
013 VPOS 031 063 ADJUST Vertical Shift (VSH) 50/60/w50/w60 39/31 28/31 31 31
014 VZOM 031 063 FIX Vertical Zoom (VZ) <4:3 Screen 50/60/w50/w60><16:9
Screen (50/60)*(WZ/N/F/Z)>
015 HBL 000 001 FIX RGB Blanking Mode 50/60/w50/w60 01 01 01 01
016 WBF 007 015 FIX Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF) 50/60/w50/w60 07 07 07 07
017 WBR 007 015 FIX Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR) 50/60/w50/w60 10 10 10 10
018 SBL 000 001 FIX Service Blanking none 00
019 COPY 000 001 FIX Copy the GEO data to all 50/60Hz NVM area none /00
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp TV VIDEO YUV Pic mode 0 Pic mode 1 Pic mode 2 Pic mode 3
Category No. Name Dec Dec
(HIGH other) (LOW other) (NORM other) (HIGH YUV) (LOW YUV) (NORMAL YUV) (HIGH RGB) (LOW RGB) (NORM RGB)
WHBL 000 BKOR 031 063 ADJUST Black Level Offset R (OFB = 00), Offset B (OFB = 01) col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) TV-Processor 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
001 BKOG 031 063 ADJUST Black Level Offset G col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
002 RDRV 037 063 FIX White Point R col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) TV-Processor 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
003 GDRV 037 063 ADJUST White Point G col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37
004 BDRV 037 063 ADJUST White Point B col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37
005 LPG 000 001 FIX RGB Gain Preset none 01
006 PGR 031 127 FIX Preset Gain R (PGR) none *
007 PGG 031 127 FIX Preset Gain G (PGG) none *
008 PGB 031 127 FIX Preset Gain B (PGB) none *
009 GNOF 000 015 FIX Preset Gain Offset none CCC loop 15
010 SBRT 031 063 ADJUST Sub-Brightness Others/RGB/YUV 31 31 31
011 SBRO 000 003 FIX Sub-Brightness Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 00
– 15 –
012 EGL 000 001 FIX Enable Gain Loop in CCC System none 00
013 SGL 000 003 FIX Selection of High Current in CCC System none 00
014 AKB 000 001 FIX Black Current Stabilization none 00
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
015 CBS 000 001 FIX Control Sequence of Beam Current Limiting none 00
016 RGBB 000 003 FIX RGB Blanking none 00
017 BLBG 000 001 FIX Blanking of Blue & Green Output none 00
018 OFB 000 001 FIX Black Level Offset Blue none 01
019 NSBR 000 015 FIX Non Standard Brightness Offset none 05/00
020 WBP 000 003 FIX Color Temp Setting (0:High, 1:Normal, 2,3:Low) Picture Mode 00 01 02 01/00
RM-W101
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
YUV 50pal 50pal 50secam 50secam 60TV 60Video 50YUV 60YUV 50RGB 60RGB Pic mode Pic mode Pic mode Pic mode TV Video TV Video AVM AV Wide
Category No. Name Dec Dec
(TV) (Video) (TV) (Video) 0 1 2 3 Wide Wide (Jpn) (Jpn)
SADJ 000 PMAX 063 063 ADJUST Picture Maximum (TV / Video)*(Normal / Wide) / <Normal / Wide> TV-Processor 37 37 37 37 00 00
001 SHUE 007 015 ADJUST Sub-Hue TV / Video 07 07
002 SSHP 015 063 FIX Sub-Sharpness TV / Video / YUV * * *
003 SSHO 000 003 FIX Sub-Sharpness Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 06
004 SCOL 031 063 ADJUST Sub-Color 50pal(tv)/50pal(video)/50secam(tv)/50secam(video)/ 31/00 31 31/00 31 31 31 31/00 31 31/00 31
60TV/60video/50YUV/60YUV/50RGB/60RGB
005 SCOO 000 003 FIX Sub-Color Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 02
006 PIC 031 127 FIX Picture Control [GA:0-100(valid), >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 100/63 80/50 65/41 100/63
Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
007 COL 031 127 FIX Color Control [GA:0-100(valid), >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 56/35 50/32 40/25 50/38
Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
RM-W101
008 BRT 031 127 FIX Brightness Control [GA:0-100(valid), Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 50/32 50/32 60/38 50/32
>100(invalid); Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit
6(invalid)]
009 HUE 031 127 FIX Hue Control [GA:0-100(valid), >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 50/31 50/31 50/31 50/31
Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)] (*Send to
– 16 –
TINT #1Eh(5-0) with US model)
010 SHP 031 127 FIX Sharpness Control [GA:0-100(valid), Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 60/35 50/32 50/32 50/32
>100(invalid); Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit
6(invalid)]
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Others YUV PAL(TV) NTSC(TV) SECAM(TV) PAL(Video) NTSC(Video) SECAM(Video) S-INPUT SECAM NTSC TV
YC 000 PFRQ 000 003 FIX Peaking Center Frequency and Delay TV-Processor 00 00
001 RPA 001 003 FIX Ratio Pre & Over Shoot TV/other 02 02/03
0 02 RPO 002 003 FIX Ratio of Positive & Negative Peaks TV/other 02 02/01
00 3 YDLY 012 015 FIX Y-Delay (PAL/NTSC/SECAM)*(TV/VIDEO)+YUV/S-INPUT * * * * * * * *
004 CMAT 000 003 FIX PAL-SECAM or NTSC (Japan/USA) Matrix 00
005 ACL 001 001 FIX Automatic Color Limiting 01
006 CB 000 001 FIX Chroma Bandpass Center Frequency valid only with TV (*Video:0 fix) 01/00
007 SBO 001 003 FIX SECAM Black Offset 00
008 CHSE 001 003 FIX PAL/NTSC Ident Sensitivity 02
009 CLO 000 001 FIX Center Frequency of Cloche(Bell) Filter 00
010 CTRP 000 001 FIX Chroma Trap Mode SECAM/others 00 01/00
011 BPS 000 001 FIX Bypass of Chroma Base-band Delay Line NTSC/others * *
012 FCO 000 001 FIX Forced Color On 00
013 TINT 031 063 FIX Base-Band Tint Control YUV/others 31 31
– 17 –
014 TUV 000 001 FIX Tint Control on UV Signals 00
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec 50 60 others YUV TV Video Teletext TV-ip No signal
SYNC 000 SYS 000 001 FIX Synchronization on YSYNC Input 00
001 FO 000 003 FIX Phase 1 Time Constant TV IP ON/TV IP OFF/Video/Teletext/Auto Tuning or No signal(RF) **/03 03 01/00 **/00 00
002 VI D 000 001 FIX Video Ident Mode 50/60 00 00
003 FSL 000 001 FIX Forced Slicing Level for Vertical Sync 00
004 SSL 000 001 FIX Slicing Level Sync Separator 50/60 00 00
005 SVID 001 007 FIX Source Selection for Video Identification YUV/Others 00 07
006 FORF 000 003 FIX Forced Field Frequency 03/01
007 MVK 000 001 FIX Macro Vision Keying 01
008 AFCT 000 003 FIX AFC Timing Switch Control (GA,US:Pin116) 03
RM-W101
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Others RGB Live TV TV Video Video ColorTemp ColorTemp Color Color Temp
Category No. Name Dec Dec
(Dyn) (Others) (Dyn) (Others) (HIGH) (Others) Temp(LOW) (NORMAL)
PICT 000 CADL 007 015 FIX Cathode Drive Level 00/**
001 CFA 000 003 FIX Comb Filter Mode **
002 SOC 002 003 FIX Soft Clipping Level 00
003 PWL 001 001 FIX Peak White Limiting Switch 01
004 WHTL 006 015 FIX Peak White Limiting **
005 GAM 001 001 FIX Gamma 00
006 WTS 001 003 FIX Gamma Control and White Stretch Live/Others 02 02
007 TFR 000 001 FIX DC Transfer Ratio of Luminance Signal Live/Others 01 00 01
008 COR 003 003 FIX Coring (TV/Video)*(Dyna/others) 00 00 00 00
009 CORO 000 001 FIX Coring Offset (Intelligent Pic) 02
RM-W101
010 BKS 003 003 FIX Black Stretch RGB/others 02 02
011 AAS 001 001 FIX Black Area to Switch off the Black Stretch 01
012 DSK 000 001 FIX Dynamic Skin Control 00
013 BLS 000 001 FIX Blue Stretch col temp (HIGH/OTHERS) 00 00
– 18 –
014 NBLS 000 001 FIX Operation Blue Stretch Circuit 00
015 NRR 000 001 FIX Non Red Reduction col temp (HIGH/LOW/NORMAL) 01 01 01
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec YUV TV Video
SW 000 CV2 000 001 FIX CVBS2 Input Signal Selection 00
001 SVO 001 003 FIX Function of IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Pin @ 48 TV/Video/YUV 02 01 01
002 DFL 000 001 FIX Flash Protection 01
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
VIF 000 OIFD 036 063 FIX Offset IF Demodulator TV-Processor 36
001 AGCT 031 063 FIX AGC Take-over 31
002 STM 000 001 FIX Search Tuning Mode 01
003 GD 000 001 FIX Group Delay on CVBS1 Signal 00
004 AGCS 001 003 FIX IF AGC Speed 01
005 FFI 000 001 FIX Fast Filter IF PLL 00
006 LNAI 001 001 FIX RF Amp LNA bit initial value 00
007 LNAT 195 225 FIX RF Amp Threshold Level 195/00
008 LNSN 004 007 FIX RF Amp SN Level Threshold 03/00
009 LNSD 002 007 FIX RF Amp SN Level Drop Threshold 01/00
010 LNEX 016 063 FIX RF Amp check SN Drop Timing 30/00
– 19 –
011 CHTR 048 127 FIX Channel Threshold after Auto Prg to set RF Amp User Mode 25/00
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Pic mode 0 Pic mode 1 Piv mode 2 Pic mode 3
VM 000 RGBD 003 007 FIX Delayof RGB Output to VM Output none TV-Processor 04
001 VMA 003 003 FIX Amplitude of VM Output none *
002 VMAP 002 003 FIX VM setting (0:High, 1:Low, 2,3:OFF) Picture Mode 00 01 02 00
003 VMMO 003 003 FIX VM Mode 01
RM-W101
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
SDEM 000 FMWS 000 003 FIX Window Selection for FM Demodulator TV-Processor 02
001 QSS 001 001 FIX Quasi Split Sound (QSS) Amplifier Mode (N/A for GA multi M system) **/01
002 BPB 000 001 FIX Bypass of Sound Bandpass Filter 00
003 AMLO 000 001 FIX Audio Output Signal for AM Sound 00
004 HPVC 000 001 FIX Head Phone Volume Control 00
RM-W101
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
TXT 000 TXV 039 063 FIX Teletext Vertical Position for Philips Text Decoder 39/00
– 20 –
001 THD 005 127 FIX Teletext H-sync Active Edge Shift 10/00
002 TBR 004 015 FIX Teletext RGB Brightness 11/00
003 LCB 000 001 FIX Teletext LCB 0: disable 1: enable (setting for FASTEX) 00/00
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec TV-L(Euro) TV Video Off SRS/WOW Trusurround Istereo Imono
SDSP 000 AVM 002 007 FIX AVL Mode SSD 02
001 AVV 005 015 FIX AVL Reference Level 09
002 BBL 000 015 FIX BBE Contour *
003 BBH 000 015 FIX BBE Process *
004 BBLW 000 015 FIX BBE Contour Offset *
005 SVOF 000 015 FIX Surround /Effect Mode Volume Offset Off(SRS/WOW)/Trusurround/Istereo/Imono ** ** ** ** **
006 IVOF 000 007 FIX Master Volume Positive Offset 06
007 EVOF 000 007 FIX Master Volume Negative Offset 06
008 LAD 000 031 FIX Decoder Level Adjust 05
009 LAM 000 031 FIX Mono Level Adjust 05
010 LAN 000 031 FIX Nicam Level Adjust 22
011 LAS 000 031 FIX SAP Level Adjust 08
012 LAA 000 031 FIX ADC Level Adjust Tv/Video(Non Euro)I TV-L/TV-non L/Video 00 00 00
013 SEF 003 007 FIX Incredible Mono/Stereo Effect Istereo/Imono 05 03
– 21 –
014 A1L 000 25 5 FIX AUX1 Volume Left 00
015 A1R 000 255 FIX AUX1 Volume Right 00
016 BAS 000 015 FIX Main Bass Offset *
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
017 TRE 000 015 FIX Main Treble Offset *
018 EQ1 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (100 Hz) Offset *
019 EQ2 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (300 Hz) Offset *
020 EQ3 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (1000 Hz) Offset *
021 EQ4 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (3000 Hz) Offset *
022 EQ5 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (8000 Hz) Offset *
023 BFCT 005 007 FIX DBE, DUB and BBE Control *
024 SCEN 001 015 FIX SRS3D Center Control 04
025 SSPA 000 015 FIX SRS3D Space Control 01
026 BBHW 000 015 FIX BBE process offset in WOW mode */00
027 STRE 002 007 FIX Treble Offset for surround mode */01
028 BBHT 000 015 FIX BBE Offset in TV mode 00
029 DWA 000 000 FIX DWA??? 00
030 TTRE 002 007 FIX Treble Offset in TV Mode 02
RM-W101
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
SDEC 000 MPTU 003 015 FIX Upper Threshold for MPX pilot detection (BTSC) SSD 02
001 MPTL 009 015 FIX Lower Threshold for MPX pilot detection (BTSC) 05
002 SPTU 003 015 FIX Upper Threshold for SAP carrier detection 08/05
003 SPTL 006 015 FIX Lower Threshold for SAP carrier detection 15
004 C1TH 000 031 FIX Normal Threshold for detection of SC1 00
005 C1AP 000 031 FIX Auto Program Threshold for detection of SC1 00
006 SPTH 000 031 FIX Noise Threshold for automute of SAP 00/05
007 SPHY 004 015 FIX Hysteresis size for automute of SAP 03
008 FMTH 000 031 FIX Noise Threshold for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard 18/00
009 FMHY 004 015 FIX Hysteresis size for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard 07/04
RM-W101
010 BTTH 000 031 FIX Noise Threshold for automute of BTSC stereo carrier 00
011 BTHY 004 015 FIX Hysteresis size for automute of BTSC stereo 03
012 EJTH 000 031 FIX Noise Threshold for automute of EIAJ FM subcarrier 00
013 EJHY 004 015 FIX Hysteresis size for automute of EIAJ FM subcarrier 04
– 22 –
014 ONLY 000 001 FIX Reproduce only related NICAM on DEC output 00
015 EXAM 000 001 FIX Fall back source in case of automute in standard L (DDEP) 00
016 NIMT 000 001 FIX NICAM auto mute function depend on bit error rate (DDEP) 00
017 NILE 100 255 FIX NICAM lower error limit (DDEP) 50
018 NIUE 200 255 FIX NICAM upper error limit (DDEP) 200
019 EPMD 001 003 FIX DEMDEC Easy Programming (DDEP) If EPMD = 0 and STDS = 0 and OP3 Bit = 1 02/01
020 STDS 019 031 FIX Bits multiplexed for ASD and SSS modes SDEC category is Disable and SDKC category will take over 31/**
021 OVMA 001 001 FIX FM overmodulation adaption 00
022 FLBW 000 003 FIX FM/AM demodulator filter bandwidth 03/**
023 IDMD 000 003 FIX FM ident speed in SSS mode 00/01
024 FPAL 000 001 FIX Line fequency for BTSC decoding 00
025 OVMT 001 002 FIX Overmodulation level threshold relative to nominal 03
026 DCXI 000 001 FIX NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Inverter **/00
027 DCXG 000 007 FIX NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Gain **/00
028 DCLL 011 015 FIX NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (L) 00
029 DCLH 000 031 FIX NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (H) **/00
030 IDEU 001 003 FIX IDMOD setting for European A2 STD 00
031 IDKR 001 003 FIX IDMOD setting for Korean M STD 00
032 IDJP 001 003 FIX IDMOD setting for EIAJ STD 01
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No . Name Dec Dec 50 60
OPTM 000 ASHT 006 007 FIX Auto shut off timer (data * 5 min) 00/07
001 OSDB 000 015 FIX OSD brightness MMR/Micro 60h 05
002 OSDH 005 015 FIX OSD Horizontal Position XDATA/Micro 60h 08
003 OSDV 037 063 FIX OSD Vertical Position MMR/Micro 60h 63 31/39
004 MUTE 000 001 FIX No Signal Mute Switch (1=enabled) 00/01
005 RFUL 015 015 FIX RF Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0fh) 04/01
006 RFLK 015 015 FIX RF Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0fh) 00/04
007 LANG 000 003 FIX OSD language shipping condition *
008 HTXT 000 001 FIX Sync seperator sw TV-Processor 00
009 CMSS 000 001 FIX Sync sw TV-Processor 01
010 DCXO 060 295 FIX DCXO Value SFR/Micro 60h/DSP **
011 EXBL 000 015 FIX Extended Blanking Timer to Eliminate White Noise 07/04
– 23 –
012 TSYS 000 003 FIX Memorize TV Sys in NVM at Test Reset [0:B/G, 1:I, 2:D/K, 3:M] (GA Model) **/00
013 LNSW 001 001 FIX Signal Booster Shipping/Test Reset condition (1:Auto, 0:Off) **/00
014 LBL 001 001 FIX Brightness Reduction At No Signal condition 00
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Others YUV
OPUS 000 SOFF 000 001 FIX Stay off(0:follow last memory with AC on, 1:standby with AC on) 00/**
001 CCBR 000 015 FIX CC OSD Brightness MMR/Micro 60h 00
002 SPCH 001 127 FIX Channel Number after Shipping Condition 00/07
003 SPCA 001 001 FIX Cable Selection after Shipping Condition (1 = Cable On) 00/**
004 OUV 000 001 FIX Offset Control on UV input Signals (only for US) 00 00
005 CFA2 000 001 FIX Forced Comb Filter On (only for US) 00
(For NTSC model only)
RM-W101
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
OPTB 000 IALL 000 001 FIX Standard Write Switch (not memorized in NVM) x
001 OPB1 000 255 FIX Option 1 (System related) Please
002 OPB2 000 255 FIX Option 2 (Video Signal related) refer
003 OPB3 000 255 FIX Option 3 (Stereo Decoding related) to
004 OPB4 000 255 FIX Option 4 (Miscellaneous) Option Bit
005 OPB5 000 255 FIX Option 5 (Miscellaneous) for each
006 OPB6 000 255 FIX Option 6 (OSD Language related) model
RM-W101
– 24 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
Data Variant depend on models
Category No Name Model Data
WHBL 006 PGR With VM 50
Without VM 45
007 PGG With VM 50
Without VM 45
008 PGB With VM 50
Without VM 45
Category No Name Model Data
VM 001 VMA With VM 03
Without VM 00
AR Series (NTSC model) 03
Category No Name Model Table
PAL NTSC SECAM PAL NTSC SECAM YUV S-Input
(TV) (TV) (TV) (VIDEO) (VIDEO) (VIDEO)
YC 003 YDLY Comb Model 08 08 08 11 09 11 09 09
Non-Comb Model 02 02 10 2 2 2 09 09
GA NTSC BT models 08 05 08 11 09 11 09 09
Category No Name Model Table
TV Video YUV
SADJ 002 SSHP All 14" models 33/30 38 35
Category No Name Model Table
NTSC Others
YC 011 BPS Comb models 01 00
Non-Comb models 00 00
GA NTSC BT models 01 00
Category No Name AR142
Series
SDSP 002 BBL 01
003 BBH 04
004 BBLW 06
016 BAS 19
017 TRE 22
018 EQ1 07
019 EQ2 02
020 EQ3 00
021 EQ4 18
022 EQ5 19
023 BFCT 05
026 BBHW 00
027 STRE 01
Category No Name China/Vietnam Other models Taiwan Others
(Multimodel) (Multimodel) (NTSC model) (NTSC model)
OPTM 007 LANG 01 00 01 00
– 25 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
Category No Name Others country Hong Kong model China, Russia & Ukraine model
OPTM 012 TSYS 00 01 02
Category No Name Model Table
Off SRS/WOW Trusurround Istereo Imono
SDSP 005 SVOF AR142 Series 05 12 05 07 05
Category No Name GA Stereo GA AV ST/GA NTSC ST GA Mono/ NTSC Mono AR142 Series (NTSC model)
OPTM 010 DCXO 50 70 61 IC data +10
Category No Name 14" Models 21" Models
PICT 004 WHTL 09 00
Category No Name Mono & AV Stereo models Stereo, China & India models Vietnam
SDEM 001 QSS 00 01 01
Category No Name Stereo models non- stereo models
SDEC 026 DCXI 01 00
027 DCXG 03 00
029 DCLH 06 00
Category No Name AR142 Series
SDEC 020 STDS 13
022 FLBW 01
Category No Name China model Other models
OPTM 013 LNSW 00 01
Category No Name Model Data
PICT 001 CFA Comb models 00
Non Comb models 01
AR142 Series 00
Category No Name GA NTSC
OPUS 000 SOFF 00
003 SPCA 01
Category No Name Model Vietnam Other models
SYNC 001 FO TV 01 03
TV_IP 01 00
Category No Name 14" Models GA NTSC
PICT 000 CADL 00 00
– 26 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
ITEM INFORMATION
No. OPB1
Item Speed Search Home Wide M (GA) B/G I D/K DEC
Theater Screen
KV-AR142M50 (EM) 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-AR142M80 (E) 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-AR142P52 (S) 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 68
KV-AR142M50 (VT) 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-AR142M90 (HK) 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
SPEED SEARCH (Time of speed search) 00 = disabled (original cycle speed)
01 = 4 time speed from the original
10 = 6 time speed from the original
11 = 8 time speed from the original
TV System Selection 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Home Theatre 1 = Home Theatre mode available
Wide Screen 1 = Wide Screen model
No. OPB2
Item Party PAM(GA) Component Composite (SCART) SECAM Color Decording DEC
Mode
KV-AR142M50 (EM) 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-AR142M80 (E) 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-AR142P52 (S) 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 112
KV-AR142M50 (VT) 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-AR142M90 (HK) 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
Party Mode (karaoke function) 0 = not available, 1 = available
PAM Portable Audio Mode - GA 0 = not available, 1 = available
Component (Component [YCbCr] Terminals) 0 = not available, 1 = available
Composite (No. of Composite Terminals)
BX1S/BX1L-Basic 00 = no composite terminal
01 = 1 composite terminal
10 = 2 composite terminals
11 = 3 composite terminals
BX1L-Full 00 = no composite terminals
01 = 2 composite terminal
10 = 3 composite terminals
11 = 4 composite terminals
SECAM (SECAM Color System) 0 = not avalable, 1 = available
Color decoding (Color Crystal Selection) 00 = PAL/NTSC (Multi)
01 = NTSC (3.58MHz)
10 = PAL/NTSC (4.43MHz)
11 = PAL/NTSC (Tri-Norma)
– 27 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
No. OPB3
Item HDEV NICAM ST NICAM BI A2 ST Thai Bilingual US ST Korean ST MONO DEC
KV-AR142M50 (EM) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
KV-AR142M80 (E) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
KV-AR142P52 (S) 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 8
KV-AR142M50 (VT) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
KV-AR142M90 (HK) 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 112
HDEV (High Deviation Mode) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
NICAM ST (NICAM Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
NICAM BI (NICAM Bilingual) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
A2 ST/BI (A2 [West German]
Stereo/Bilingual) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Thai Bilingual (A2 [Thai] Bilingual)
or Force SAP if US ST is active 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
US ST (US Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Korean ST (Korean Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
MONO (Monaural Model) 0 = Stereo (SSD) Model
1 = Monaural Model
No. OPB4
Item SMAT 1 spk VM Equalizer Surround Top Text DEC
Models
KV-AR142M50 (EM) 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 148
KV-AR142M80 (E) 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 148
KV-AR142P52 (S) 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 148
KV-AR142M50 (VT) 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 148
KV-AR142M90 (HK) 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 148
SMAT Surround Matrix 0 = Active, 1 = Passive
1 spk Models 1 Speaker Models 0 = 2 or 3 Speaker Models,
1 = 1 speaker Models
VM (Velocity Modulation) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Equalizer (5-band Equalizer Model) 0 = Bass/Treble Model, 1 = Equalizer Model
Surround (Surround Selection) 00 = Off/Simulated/Surround
01 = Off/Simulated/SRS (3D) Surround
10 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround
11 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround/Virtual
Bolby (not working now)
TOP (Forced TOP) 0 = Auto Mode (TOP/FLOF), 1 = Forced TOP
TEXT (Teletext Model) 0 = Non-Teletext Model, 1 = Teletext Model
– 28 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
No. OPB5
Item Full No COSMIC ASD Tilt IP Plus IP Wide DEC
Surround Surround ASD
KV-AR142M50 (EM) 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 39
KV-AR142M80 (E) 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 39
KV-AR142P52 (S) 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 7
KV-AR142M50 (VT) 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 39
KV-AR142M90 (HK) 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 23
Full Surround (Full Surround option-no for 0 = Normal Surround Model
EURO model) 1 = Full Surround Model
(Off/simulated/surround/
SRS/WOW/TruSurround)
No Surround (No Surround Model) 0 = Surround Model, 1 = Non-Surround Model
Cosmic ASD Automatic Standard Detection 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Using COSMIC (Non-Stereo)
ASD (Automatic Standard Detection) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Tilt (Tilt Correction/PIC Rotation) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
IP Plus (Intelligent Picture Plus) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
IP (Intelligent Picture) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Wide (Wide Mode/V-Compressed) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
No. OPB6
Item GA US 3D OSD Feature 2 Feature 1 OSD Language Selection DEC
KV-AR142M50 (EM) 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 8
KV-AR142M80 (E) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4
KV-AR142P52 (S) 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2
KV-AR142M50 (VT) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
KV-AR142M90 (HK) 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 8
GA US (US Model Destination) 0 = US/CANADA/Latin
1 = Taiwan/Korea/Philippine
(Wake-up timer enable)
(GA Surround Spec:OFF,
SIMULATED, SRS)
3D OSD (BX1L Full version GA Multi 0 = Normal with 3D Intelligent picture OSD
Destination ONLY) 1 = Disable 3D Intelligent picture OSD
Feature 2 (Temporary for BX1L) 0 = Comb Not available
1 = Comb available
Feature 1 (Temporary for BX1L) 0 = PiP Not Available
1 = PiP available
OSD Language Selection US 1x1x = Complicated Chinese
(GA NTSC) 1xx1 = Korean
(note: for BX1L, combination of C.Chinese &
Korean not available)
GA 1xxx = Simplified Chinese
x1xx = Arabic
xx1x = Thai
xxx1 = Vietnamese
– 29 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
3-3. PICTURE QUALITY ADJUSTMENTS SUB HUE ADJUSTMENT
PMAX/CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT 1. Select Video.
2. Input NTSC 3.58 Color Bar to TV set.
1. Select Video Mode. 3. Set the following condition:
2. Input PAL CB to TV set. PICTURE 100%, COLOR 50%, BRIGHTNESS 50%,
3. Set PICT 003 "PWL" to 00h and WHBL 017 "BLBG" to HUE Center, SHR 50%.
01h. 4. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004.
4. Set the following condition: 5. Set to service mode and select SADJ 001 "SHUE"
PICTURE 100%, COLOR 0%, BRIGHTNESS 50%. with 1 and 4 of commander then adjust to
5. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 4 (R output) of CN004. VB1 = VB2 = VB3 = VB4 with 3 and 6.
6. Set to Service Mode "PWL" to 00h, "BLBG" to 01h. 6. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
7. Select TV channel with NTSC 3.58 and repeat
7. Select SADJ 000 "PMAX" with 1 and 4 of the
item 4-6. (Except GA NTSC model).
commander then adjust VR within spec with 3 and 6.
8. Select TV channel with 3.58 repeat 4-5, +1 step
data offset (applied to GA NTSC models).
VR 9. For single system models with NTSC 4.43 select TV
channel with 4.43 and repeat 4-6.
10. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
VB1
Black VB3 VB4
VB2 80
1.46 ± 0.03 Vp-p = 14" non-NTSC models
1.10 ± 0.03 Vp-p = 14" NTSC models
8. Select "WIDE" Mode for TV and Video Mode, write
the "PMAX DATA-8 steps" (For models with
The highest level of VB1, VB2, VB3, VB4 must be
V-Compression features only). aligned at the same time.
9. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data. The ideal difference between VB2 and VB3 is within
10. Set "PWL" and "BLBG" back to initial data repectively. ±80mV.
(PWL: 01h and BLBG: 00h)
SUB HUE ADJUSTMENT FOR YUV INPUT
SUB COLOR ADJUSTMENT (for HW/AR series only)
1. Select Video and set Picture mode. 1. Select YUV input.
2. Input PAL 100% CB to TV set (others), Input NTSC 2. Input a NTSC 3.58 Color Bar into YUV mode.
75% CB to TV set (NTSC model). 3. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004.
4. Set the service mode and select YC 013 "TINT" with
3. Set PICT 006 "WTS" to 00h, and Intelligent Picture to
1 and 4 of the commander then adjust to
"OFF".
VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4 with 3 and 6.
4. Set the following condition: 5. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
PICTURE 100%, COLOR 50%, BRIGHTNESS 50%,
HUE CENTER, SHP 50%. VB1
5. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004. VB3 VB4
6. Select to Service Mode and adjust SADJ 004 "SCOL" VB2
with 1 and 4 of commander then adjust to
VB2 = VB3 = VB4 with 3 and 6, and write in the
data as +10 step with +5 step offset.
VB1 = VB2 = VB3 = VB4
VB1
The highest level of VB1, VB2, VB3, VB4 must be
aligned at the same time.
VB2 VB3 VB4 The ideal difference between VB2 and VB3 is within
±80mV.
3-4. DEFLECTION ADJUSTMENT
VB2 = VB3 = VB4
(for PAL Sub Color adjustment) H-TRAPEZOID ADJUSTMENT
VB1 = VB4
(for NTSC Sub Color adjustment) 1. Receive cross hatch/dotsignal.
(Difference is within 70mV) 2. Adjust on to make H-Trapezoid distortion best.
7. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data. NORMAL MODE (50Hz)
8. Set "WTS" back to original data, and set Intelligent 1. Set to Service Mode.
Picture to "ON". 2. Input SPCB Signal.
3. Using the 1 and 4 button select GEOM (Service
Mode).
– 30 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
4. Rasie/lower data using the 3 and 6 buttons adjust WIDE MODE (50Hz)
the following items:-
(V-Compression Adjustment)
GEOM : 000 HPOS Horizontal Shift (HS) 1. Input SPCB signal.
001 HPAR Horizontal Parallelogram 2. Adjust condition change to WIDE MODE : ON
002 HBOW Horizontal Bow 3. Copy (Item from normal mode 50Hz) all Normal
003 VLIN Vertical Linearity Mode adjusted data.
004 VSCR Vertical Scroll
005 HSIZ EW Width (EW) NORMAL MODE (60Hz)
006 EWPW EW Parabola/Width (PW)
007 UCOP EW Upper Corner Parabola 1. Input 525/60Hz signal.
008 LCOP EW Lower Corner Parabola 2. They can copy 50Hz first.
009 EWTZ EW Trapezium ("COPY" under GEOM is set to 1, then [MUTE] + -)
010 VSLP Vertical Slope (VS) 3. Using the 1 and 4 button, select category GEOM
011 VSIZ Vertical Amplitude (Service Mode).
012 SCOR S-Correction (SC) 4. Raise/lower data using the 3 and 6 buttons to
013 VPOS Vertical Shift (VSH) obtain optimum image.
014 HBL RGB Blanking Mode
015 WBF Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF) GEOM : 000 HPOS Horizontal Shift (HS)
016 WBR Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR) 001 HPAR Horizontal Parallelogram
017 SBL Service Blanking 002 HBOW Horizontal Bow
018 COPY Copy the GEOM data to all 003 VLIN Vertical Linearity
50/60Hz NVM area 004 VSCR Vertical Scroll
005 HSIZ EW Width (EW)
5. Write into memory by pressing [MUTING] then - on 006 EWPW EW Parabola/Width (PW)
the remote commander. 007 UCOP EW Upper Corner Parabola
008 LCOP EW Lower Corner Parabola
009 EWTZ EW Trapezium
010 VSLP Vertical Slope (VS)
011 VSIZ Vertical Amplitude
012 SCOR S-Correction (SC)
013 VPOS Vertical Shift (VSH)
014 HBL RGB Blanking Mode
015 WBF Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF)
016 WBR Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR)
017 SBL Service Blanking
018 COPY Copy the GEOM data to all
50/60Hz NVM area
WIDE MODE (60Hz)
(V-Compression Adjustment)
1. Input mono scope signal.
2. Adjust condition change to WIDE MODE : ON
3. "COPY" is set to 1, then [MUTE] + -.
– 31 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
3-5. PICTURE DISTORTION ADJUSTMENT V. LINEARITY (VLIN), V. CORRECTION (SCOR), PIN
AMP (EWPW), AND HORIZONTAL TRAPEZOID
H. CENTER ADJUSTMENT (HPOS) (EWTZ) ADJUSTMENTS
1. Input NTSC Monoscope signal/NTSC Monoscope 1. Input NTSC Monoscope signal/NTSC Monoscope
signal (for NTSC model). signal (for NTSC model).
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode. 2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select the HPOS item with 1 and 4. 3. Select VLIN, SCOR, EWPW, and EWTZ with 1
4. Adjust the value of HPOS with 3 and 6 for the best and 4.
vertical center. 4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best horizontal size.
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory. 5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory.
VERTICAL LINEARITY
H. SIZE ADJUSTMENT (HSIZ) S CORRECTION (SCOR)
1. Input NTSC Monoscope signal/NTSC Monoscope
signal (for NTSC model).
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select HSIZ with 1 and 4.
4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best horizontal size. EW PARABOLA/WIDTH (PW)
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory.
EW TRAPEZIUM (EWTZ)
V. SIZE ADJUSTMENT (VSIZ)
1. Input NTSC Monoscope signal/NTSC Monoscope
signal (for NTSC model).
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode. V. ANGLE (HPAR), H. BOW (HBOW), UPPER PIN
3. Select the VSIZ item with 1 and 4. (UCOP) AND LOW PIN (LCOP) ADJUSTMENTS
4. Adjust value of VPOS with 3 and 6 for the best 1. Input NTSC Monoscope signal/NTSC Monoscope
vertical center. signal (for NTSC model).
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory. 2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select HPAR, HBOW, UCOP, and LCOP with 1 and
4.
4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best picture.
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory.
HORIZONTAL PARALLELOGRAM (HPAR)
V. CENTER ADJUSTMENT (VPOS)
1. Input NTSC Monoscope signal/NTSC Monoscope
signal (for NTSC model).
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select the VPOS item with 1 and 4.
HORIZONTAL BOW (HBOW)
4. Adjust value of VPOS with 3 and 6 for the best
vertical center.
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory.
EW UPPER CORNER PARABOLA (UCOP)
EW LOWER CORNER PARABOLA (LCOP)
– 32 –
4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM
CISPR/
AC in ~
PFC
110-220V MAIN 30V
Power
IF Supply +B line
VIF SAW 3.3V
RF Amp Tuner RESET
TEQE2X904B 3.3/5V 8V AUDIO VCC
AGCin SIF SAW
STBY
3.3V 3.3V 5V 8V
LNA cct Relay
12C 5V 30V DGC
120.S2 29~30.SIF1~2 24~25.VIF1~2
Radio 33.SNDIF 114.P2.3
BPF 44.Intco 115.P.3
Buffer 31.AGCout VIF & SIF POWER RGB Amp
85~87 RGB
TV TV 43.IFVO
62,63.HPL,R RGBout
out L(Mono) Audio Amp
84.lk
R Color YUV RGB
Video 48.SVO 1k
Mon Mon Out Decoder Processor 65.SVM
VM
DIAGRAMS
L(Mono)
SECTION 4
out 36,37.OutL,R
+B
R S1 111.P2.0(S1)
– 33 –
AV1 CV/YC 58.CVY3 V-out HV
AV1 23. +
in L(Mono) 59.C3 V+, V-
22. -
R I/O Port
AV2 112.PWM0 On/Off
CV/YC AV2 56,57.InL,R3 ONE CHIP Rot. cct
in L(Mono) 55.CV/Y2 113.P2.2
R 70.Cx(Scart)
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
S2 Micro 21.EWD
53,54.InL,R2 EW, Hd
AV3 Jungle 67.Hout Pin out +/-15V
in CV/YC
120.P3.3(S2) Text Hp H-drive Hout
AV3 51.CVY4 66.Fbisco
L(Mono) CC & V-chip
R 52.C4 H-out
G/Y
49,50.InL,R4
32.EHTO/OVP EHT, ABL FBT
RGB/ B/PB R-Y/R,Y/G, B-Y/B IN 83. BCKin
feedback
DVD R/PR DVD/RGB 78~80.RGB3
in L 34,35.Inl,R5
R
Audio Amp
Fbl(RGBin) 77.Fb13 60,61. 10W
I/O Port LSL,R L, R L
70-72.RGB2in
108, 109. SCL0, SDA0
A
98, 99. SCL1, SDA1
74~76.YUVout
116.ADC1,103.P0.3
Stereo,
D DAC 2ch
122~3. P2.4~5
10.XTALIN PLL DSP
C
119. ADC2
102. P0.4
126.INT2
24.576MHz
106. P0.2
mute R 10W
11.XTALOUT 105. P0.1
stdby
LED
B-INT L HP
Key buttons
Device 12C
ATT L,R
R
12C VAR
SIRCS NVM
RM-W101
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
4-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
A Board C Board
4-3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INFORMATION
Note: Reference information
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. RESISTOR : RN METAL FILM
• All electrolytic capacitors are rated at 50V unless otherwise : RC SOLID
noted. : FPRD NONFLAMMABLE CARBON
• All resistors are in ohms. : FUSE NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE
kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ : RS NONFLAMMABLE METAL
• Indication of resistance which does not have rating OXIDE
electrical power is as follows. : RB NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT
Pitch: 5 mm : RW NONFLAMMABLE
Rating electrical power 1/4W (CHIP: 1/10W) WIREWOUND
:✽ ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
• : nonflammable resistor. COIL : LF-8L MICRO INDUCTOR
• : fusible resistor CAPACITOR : TA TANTALUM
• : panel designation or adjustment for repair. : PS STYROL
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic
: PP POLYPROPYLENE
curve B unless otherwise noted.
: PT MYLAR
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input.
: MPS METALIZED POLYESTER
no mark : Common
: MPP METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
( ) : PAL
[ ] : NTSC 3.58 : ALB BIPOLAR
• Readings are taken with a 10 MΩ digital multimeter. : ALT HIGH TEMPERATURE
• Voltage are dc with respect to ground unless otherwise : ALR HIGH RIPPLE
noted.
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal
production tolerances. Note: The component identified by shading and
• All voltage are in Volt. mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only
• ✽ : Cannot be measured. with part number specified.
• Circled numbers are waveform references.
• : B +bus.
• : B –bus. Note: “A” board schematic diagram is divided into 7 blocks.
• k : signal path. Each block is named by its function and block
“number”. eg: Processor (Block 001)
Note: The reference number which starts with Wxxx Joint connection between boards can be identified
(eg: W003) indicates a wire to wire connection. using the block number followed by the grid's guide.
eg: -<PWR-OFF-MUTE
002 : 4E
Note: Components marked as XX are not fitted on this
Meaning: Block 001 joint "PWR-OFF MUTE" is
model.
connected to Block 002 joint "PWR-OFF MUTE"
located at grid 4E.
– 34 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52 KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101 RM-W101
4-3-1. A Board — Processor (Block 001) Schematic Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CN007
5P
D1_JP/MODE2_EU/
CN009
003:10D;004:2C;005:3E
002:2E;002:6D;003:10C;
MOMUTE-AUDIO
WHT 5P
004:2C;005:2E;006:7A
PWR-OFF-MUTE
MONSW-MONO
XX
003:10C;004:2C;
YEL
003:10A;004:2B
TO A(006) BOARD
005:2E;006:4A
A XX A
CN905
HOUT-DEFL
LSR-AUDIO
LSL-AUDIO
002:4E
AFC-DEFL
CN004
002:4E
005:2E
006:2C
U OUT / FB
005:2E
SDA-0
7P
SCL-0
CN003
004:4G
004:6A
002:2A
002:2A
3.3V
WHT 4P
VM OUT
+B
5V
9V
XX WHT
G OUT
Y OUT
V OUT
B OUT
R OUT
Y ING/
U INB/
V INR/
XX
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
TO C/CV BOARD TO C/CV BOARD
NC
+B
9V
IK
CN701 CN711
C005
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
100
A
16V
C006 R377
* 1.5K
CHIP
9V 9V
3.3V
B B
D066
GP08D
L003
10uH
R394
4.7k
CHIP
5V
(BLOCK 001)
PROCESSOR
C004
100
16V
C D057 C
MMDL914T1
R-MUTE Q010
5V C099 C071 MSB709-RT1
Q001 XX XX
UN2211 D058 F F
RGB-MUTE MMDL914T1
(SPOT) G-MUTE C098 C051
XX XX
D059 F C068 F
MMDL914T1 XX 5V
D023 B-MUTE C097 F
C003 3.3V UDZSTE-179.1B XX
100p PROTECTION F
D075 UDZSTE-179.1B
CH:CHIP
D006 XX
D007 XX
D008 XX
5V C015
R004 XX C054
D009
3.3V 0.1 16V
XX
100 D025
R364 1k CHIP
CHIP UDZSTE-179.1B B:CHIP
SCARTFBL/A16
4
5
D D067 PROTECTION 006:5G D
3.3V D024
C037 4.7
R002 100 CHIP XX UDZSTE-179.1B
C056
16V
3
6
100
PROTECTION C038 L007
C095 0.1 16V B:CHIP
C001
0.116V 10uH
C053 0.022 25V B:CHIP
C094 0.1 16VB:CHIP
100p L006 L035 R356 5V
D004 XX
D056 10uH B:CHIP 0 CHIP
2
CH:CHIP
7
MMDL914T1 C010 10uH
R006 PROTECTION 470p D005
16V B:CHIP
XX CH:CHIP C025 C028 C036 L005
100 CHIP R386 100 CHIP
C030
1
0.1 XX
0.22 0.22 100 10uH
C096 0.1
L038 IC002
MMDL914T1
C318 16V 16V
MMDL914T1
16V 16V
XX 0.1 IC003 RPM7240-H5 B:CHIP B:CHIP B:CHIP C092
R056 100 CHIP
JR1013 3.3V 16V R331 R360 IC RECEIVER C302 0.1 R317
CAT24WC16WI-TE13
16V B:CHIP
100 L031 3.3k
R042 2.2k CHIP
2.2
R039 100 CHIP
0
D002
6
R059 1K CHIP
R038 100 CHIP
C002 16V
R058 100 CHIP
D003
R041 100 CHIP
0 R393 B:CHIP * 10uH C026
C093 0.1
GND 1 NVM CHIP CHIP VCC OUT 16V B:CHIP CHIP
CHIP 100 470 47 F:CHIP
CH:CHIP
C301
470p
NC 2 CHIP 16V C008 R361 GND C328 35V
XX 0.01 R385 W003
KEY 3 FB003 L039 3.3V 47 C009 25V 100
CHIP TP03 C023
R384
XX XX 35V XX B:CHIP CHIP R395 TP04
2.2
153635400 16V 100k 153635400
CN005 JR1014 D055 R363 B D054 Q016
3P 0 UDZSTE-175.6B R362 0 UDZSTE-175.6B UN2211 F:CHIP CHIP
WHT CHIP PROTECTION XX CHIP PROTECTION
CHIP 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
E E
VP3
VIN
VOUT
UOUT
YIN
UIN
TO TOP CONTROL
VREFAD_NE
HOUT
ABL
G OUT
B-Y/BIN
R-Y/RIN
VREFAD_PO
GND3
VDDCOMB
SCARTFBL
R OUT
VM
AFC
VSSADC
B OUT
VDDADC(1.8)
Y/GIN
YOUT
VDDA(3.3V)
VDDA(1.8)
VSSCOMB
VDDA2
YSYNC
VREFAD
GNDA
IK
PANEL FB004 R010
XX R003 R001 10k
JR1010 4.7k 4.7k CHIP R323 100 CHIP
XX CHIP CHIP 97 SIRSC CVBS0 64 CVBSO
CHIP 006:5G
98 SCL1 SCARTHPR 63 SCARTHPR
1.8V L011 R020 100 CHIP 006:5G
99 SDA1 SCARTHPL 62 SCARTHPL
R099 220 CHIP 10uH C021 100p 100VDDC2 002:2A;006:5G
B_CLK LSR 61
C012 CH:CHIP
006:2A 101 VSSC2 LSL 60
R096 220 CHIP 0.22 9 7
B_INT 16V 10 C1
006:2A 3.3V R336 C312 C313 B:CHIP R012 2.2k CHIP 102B INT 8 C1 59 006:7G
CVBS1/Y1
R097 220 CHIP 4.7k 1000p 1000p 103D1_JP/MODE2_EU/MONSW-MONO CVBS1/Y1 58 006:7G
B_DAT CHIP B:CHIP B:CHIP R337 470 CHIP
006:2A 104 MOMUTE-AUDIO INR1
R324 0 CHIP R339 100 CHIP
11 INR1 57 006:7G
AUDIO-STDBY 105AUDIO STDBY INL1 56 INL1
002:4E R014 100 CHIP R341 100 CHIP IC001 006:7G
106AUDIO MUTE CVBS3 55 CVBS3
R338 1.8V R018 100 CHIP * 006:6G
F 2.2k 107 HD SW INR3 54 INR3 F
R030 R029 100 CHIP
R340
10k
CHIP
C020
0.1
CHIP
R015
1.5k
R322
4.7k
100
CHIP
C091
L009 10uH
108 SCL0
109 SDA0
110 VDDP(3.3V) 5
INL3 53
C2 52
CVBS2/Y2 51
( SYSTEM CONTROLLER
-VIDEO PROCESSOR
-AUDIO PROCESSOR
) 006:6G
INL3
006:6G
CVBS2/Y2
006:4G
16V D068 CHIP RN-CP 100p
B:CHIP C311 111 S1/VC(GA) INR2 50 INR2
UDZSTE-175.6B CH:CHIP * C090 006:4G
2.2 100p D070 ROT_CTRL 004:2B 112 ROT CTRL INL2 49 INL2
C308 R380 R319 C011 CH:CHIP XX C072 006:4G
0.01 R392 ROT_SW 004:2B 113 ROT SW MON-OUT 48 0.01 25V
3.3V 25V 100 10k XX XX MON-OUT
CHIP B D069 D076 B:CHIP W033 W034 006:6A
B:CHIP CHIP XX 114 STBY_SW VP2 47 C319
R320 MMDL914T1 C303 L004 47p
D071 115 DGC RELAY AGC2SIF 46 100 47uH
MMDL914T1 4.7k R024 100 CHIP 16V CH:CHIP
RN-CP L012
10uH 116 D1_JP/MODE1_EU VCC8V 45
R023 C069 C320
1.5k 117 VDDC1(1.8V) INTC0-IF 44 0.1 47p
C014 C013 JR1011 16V CH:CHIP IFVO/IF_MON_OUT
C333 CHIP W063 118 DECV1V8 IFVO/IF_MON_OUT 43
R087 R398 D072 0.22 100 0 CHIP B:CHIP
220 R098 * 10 C314 MMDL914T1 XX
16V 16V 005:6D
CHIP 220 CHIP B:CHIP 119 KEY SIFAGC/SCART 42
G * R021 0 CHIP PLLIF G
CHIP 10V 120 S2 PLLIF 41
Q013 C082 JR1012 005:6D
1000p 121VSSC1/P GND2 40 0:CHIP
MSD601-RT1 B:CHIP R026 100 CHIP
122 RED LED MONO_OUTL 39 MONO_OUTL
R025 100 CHIP C063 005:6D;006:2C
L013 10uH 123 GREEN LED DECSDEM 38 0.1 16V
Q006
VREF_NEG_HPL+HPR
FB002 B:CHIP OUTR
VREF_NEG_LSL+LSR
VREF_POS_LSR+HPL
UN2216 124 VDDC3(1.8V) OUTR 37 006:6A
C018 3 XX
G LED SW 0.22 125 VSSC3 1 2 4 OUTL 36 OUTL
Q007 C316 W032 006:5A
VREF_POS_HPR
VREF_POS_LSL
UN2216 16V 126 AGC-MUTE D1 RIN 35 0.47
B:CHIP 10V
VDDA3(3.3V)
VDDC4(1.8V)
R LED SW 127 SECAM L-L W030
D1 LIN 34 B:CHIP
XTALOUT
W010
W031
AGCOUT
VGUARD
128 M-SYS-IF AVL/2SIF 33
DECDIG
C309
XTALIN
SECPLL
C073
DECBG
VIFIN1
VIFIN2
GNDIF
VSSA1
SIFIN1
SIFIN2
VSSC4
XX
PH2LF
PH1LF
VSSP2
C325
GND1
*
EHT0
EWD
G
R
IREF
B
VD+
VSC
0.022 2.2
VP1
VD-
TP02 C064
D914 25V 153635400 * R379 C065
SPB-25MVWF B:CHIP 2.2 68k 3.3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 CHIP
LED
0.22 16V
R044 12k CHIP
C048
C050 10 100 CHIP B:CHIP
1.8V
X001
R060
B:CHIP
H H
C323 1000p B:CHIP
*
D074
1000p
C089
100
CHIP MMDL914T1
R011 C304 R051
R046 100 CHIP
C032 C046 39k
L010 10uH
C022
L033 10uH
C024 * 1k 100 6800p
W053 RN-CP
R045
0.22 CHIP 16V
R048 100
* 25V
UDZSTE-175.6BCHIP
16V 22 B:CHIP C055 5V 1.8V_AUDIO
3.3V 3.3V B:CHIP C029 L036 C034 * C058 001:7L;003:10D
* 10uH * C044 0.15 1000p
PROTECTION
C041 2.2 16V 250V B:CHIP
2200p F:CHIP C052
D065
B:CHIP 1000p
B:CHIP
W060 C324 C321 C083
XX 0.01 2700p C049
25V B:CHIP 0.022 25V C081
UDZSTE-175.6B
B:CHIP B:CHIP 1000p
PROTECTION
C042 B:CHIP
R397 C317 L008
D064
1.5M 10uH 0.22 C080 5V
CHIP * 16V 1000p
220 B:CHIP B:CHIP
16V
I I
MMDL914T1
C322 R314
1000p R316 6.8k
D063
OCP
B:CHIP XX
CHIP RN-CP
R315
6.8k
L032 RN-CP
10uH
1.8V
W011
J J
1.8V 1.8V
1.8V
K K
1.8V
B-BX1S12350-EM.-A..(Block 001)-AR142M50
OCP-PROTECT
VZOOM
VIFIN2-IF
VGUARD-DEFL
004:7A
M-SYS-IF
EWD-DEFL
VIFIN1-IF
VD--DEFL
VD+-DEFL
003:2D
005:5D
1.8V_MAIN
003:10B
005:4E
SECAM-L-L
004:11G
004:5A
SIFIN1-IF
PH2LF
D1_JP/MODE1_EU
003:10E;005:5D
OVP-DEFL
004:6A
ABL
TUAGC-IF
VDDC4_CAP
SIFIN2-IF
005:7D
DGC-RELAY
006:2C
004:7A
STBY_SW
005:5D
004:5A
AGC-MUTE
006:7G
005:3E
006:4G
004:7A
004:11F
002:3E
004:6A
S1/VC
AUDIO-MUTE
S2
005:7D
005:5D
005:5D
005:7D
001:13H;003:10D
1.8V_AUDIO
005:4E
2SIF
L L
– 35 – – 36 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52 KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101 RM-W101
4-3-2. A Board — Audio (Block 002) Schematic Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
001:13E;006:5G
J200
SCARTHPL
LSR-AUDIO
LSL-AUDIO
GND/3D OUT-
CN201
JACK
001:12A
001:12A
3P 177078622
XX J202
3D OUT+
A J201 A
WHT XX XX CN200 CN202
SPL/SP
4P XX CN203
GND
3 GND
GND
GND
TO J BOARD
2 GND
GND
GND
XX
SPR
SPR
SPL
WHT WHT
NC
1 SP
CN3400
6
3
5
1
7
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
4
5
A
2
3
4
R238
100
CHIP R237
R239 100
XX CHIP
CHIP
C235
BLOCK (002)
C234
470p JR1256 XX
470P
CH:CHIP R233
XX
C223 XX
W062
C240 AUDIO
CH:CHIP C239 XX
C201 FPRD XX
1 6.3V C230
B CHIP C202 XX L201
B 0.033 PT XX R217 C217 B
R200 16V CHIP IC200 AN5276T 330 * R219
4.7K D200 C214 1000 330
CHIP 1PS226-115 * 25V
1000
OUTR/NC
OUTC/NC
PW_GND
R201 C208 25V R240
IN C/NC
R208
IN R/NC
R202
S_GND
4.7K 0.033 XX
MUTE
OUTL
2.2K
C205 *
10K
STBY
CHIP 16V CHIP
VCC
CHIP CHIP B:CHIP R234
INL
RF
C200 C203 C216 R235 C218
0.033 16V C236 C207 47 *
1 FPRD 22 47 *
6.3V B:CHIP XX 0.22 6 7 8 9 2 FPRD 22
B:CHIP R204 MPS
4.7k
C210 *
CHIP C231 C232
C209 0.047 0.047
R203 R207 * PT
4.7K 2.2k
CHIP CHIP R211
R205 15K
10k C237 CHIP C220
CHIP C204 10
0.22 C206 XX C212 C213
MPS 0.033 R210 D209 0.1
C 15k XX R213 XX B:CHIP C
16V CHIP 15k 25V
B:CHIP CHIP Q202 D205
9V MMDL914T1
C215 R218 MSB709-RT1
R232 D210 R214 15k CHIP 0
R226 R223
D206 XX
XX XX Q200 2200 CHIP
XX XX CHIP UN2211 R221
Q204
C224
CHIP CHIP Q201 C219 1k
XX
XX MSB709-RT1 CHIP
C228 R215 *
XX 10k 9V
Q205 R212 CHIP R220 C221
XX R229 R230 C211 0:CHIP 0
R222 XX 4.7 CHIP XX
CHIP XX 25V
R227 XX CHIP C229 R216
MMDL914T1
C226 XX CHIP D201 10k D204
XX CHIP XX MMDL914T1 MMDL914T1
CHIP
MMDL914T1D202
C225
XX R224 D207 D203 D211
XX XX MMDL914T1 1PS226-115
CHIP
C227 R228 R236
XX 10k
D208
XX
D CHIP CHIP D215 D
9V R225 XX
XX
CHIP
R241 9V
R242 B-BX1S12350-EM.-A(BLOCK 002)-AR142M50
2.2k 2.2k D213
001:6A;002:2E;003:10C;
CHIP CHIP MMDL914T1
004:2C;005:2E;006:7A
MON-MUTE-AUDIO
006:8A
9V
D212
MMDL914T1 C2631
Q206 470p
UN2211 D214 !
500V
C2636
FB2607
MMDL914T1 1.1 PS2601 B
*
5A L2601
10uH
C2648
R2647
FB2602
FPRD
XX D2625 1000 10k
S3L20UF4 35V
R2646
1 D2626
E FPRD XX C2602 E
470p R2645
C2601 B XX
XX
001:6A;002:6D;003:10C;
004:2C;005:2E;006:7A
AUDIO-MUTE
AUDIO_GND
MOMUTE-AUDIO
AUDIO_2
AUDIO-STDBY
PWR-OFF-MUTE
AUDIO_1
003:10B
001:5A
001:1F
003:10B
001:4L
001:7A
9V
003:10B
F F
– 37 – – 38 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52 KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101 RM-W101
4-3-3. A Board — Power Supply (Block 003) Schematic Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
A
(BLOCK 003)
A
POWER SUPPLY A
IC606
KIA78D33P1
C675 3.3V-REG 3.3V
XX 3.3V
VCC OUT 001:6A;004:2B
GND C641 C672
100
16V 0.01
25V
B:CHIP
D635
UDZSTE-173.6B 1.8V_MAIN
VCC OUT 001:8L
GND JW1665 C685
C662 20.0MM *
0.1 16V
B 16V IC607 220 B
11V B:CHIP BA18BC0FP-E2
003:10C;004:2C C609 1.8V-REG
4700p R638 R616
500V * R639 TP602 *
E RB XX 153635400 RB
1 18 AUDIO_1 002:3E
11V C622 AUDIO_2002:3E
2200p D638 IC602 1.8V
JW1660 JW1662 AUDIO_GND002:3E
THP600 10MM 10MM 250V 17 MMDL914T1 KIA78R09AP1 11V
E C652 IC604
* 470p 9V-REG TA7805S 11V
PTC C653 500V B 5V-REG 003:2B;004:2C
JW1661 470p
10MM JW1663 FB610 3 6 R667 R668 C637 9V
C660 10MM XX 500V B 11V L601 1k 33k 100 001:6A;002:2E;002:6D;
CN600 C605 47uH CHIP CHIP 16V 004:2C;005:2E;006:7A
0.22 4700p PS603 ! D623
2P 0V FB605 XX 10ERB20-TB3 I O I O 5V
PP 500V
E ~ 15 5A C647 G C638 G C639
100
001:6A;004:2C;
DGCT 2 RY600 C612 D622 C626 100 005:2E;006:4A
175519812 * JW1666 PS602 ! 11EQS10-TB5 470p * 16V
500V 16V C674 16V
DGCT 1 RELAY, C606 C610 1500p 5.0MM 5A B 470 R669 W024
~ 1.2kV IC601 5 14 XX R654
AC POWER 4700p 4700p FB601 JW1667 C654 1.8V XX B JW1612
500V D604 500V R651 PP * XX 470p ! PS605 D624 FB603 XX CHIP XX
C E D3SB60F3 E XX REGULATOR 5.0MM D620 500V 5A S3L20UF4 1.1uH IC603 C
JW1611 B
AC-RECT RS SWITCHING 5.0MM 13 XX C630 C634
PQ018EF01SZH JW1613
1.8V-REG XX
DGC DGC 2 D603 D602 C624 C650 C682
1000 3300* C632
2200 * C635 JR1601
AM01AV1 AM01AV1 * XX 470 * XX JW1614
DGC D600 RECTIFY RECTIFY 47 D639 16V 35V 35V 25V 470 CHIP XX
1 MMDL914T1 R658 7 12 D3S6M-F
R660
CN601 PROTECT Q605 * * C628 JW1615
R675 C611 470p XX
2P R602 FN155 R659 RN XX 220 2kV
Q601 450V R627 8 11 W018
4.7k MSD601-RT1 BUFFER * R661 * C680 D621 R JW1616
CHIP RELAY SW * JW1654 470p 1 2 3 4 XX
DGC-RELAY C658 1 2 3 4 5 CH:CHIP RU4AM-T3 L602
001:6L RN C644 5
R609 XX 470p XX 9 10 C649 22uH 1.8V_AUDIO JW1617
10k IC605 XX
PS604 5A
450V CH:CHIP 100
D1NL20U
CHIP C686 SE135N-LF38 001:7K;001:13H
D608 R665 16V
D618
4.7 D605 D614 T602 ERROR AMP C668
RD5.1ESB2 * C673 D636 JR1602 100 JW1618
SPARK GAP SPARK GAP
10V XX
SPARK GAP SPARK GAP
W002 REG REG XX XX * * XX 16V XX
W001 F:CHIP CH RECT (SRT)
C643 O C D637
4.7 R612 R618 C616 G
* 220p R623 D619 R666 MA2ZD14001S0
10V RN * R620 D615 10ERB20-TA2B5 C678
F:CHIP CH:CHIP * * RECT TP601 XX 2.2 C679
Q606 RS RN-CP * 153635400 XX
MTZJ-T-77-15
D JW1604 XX JW1632 RECT R624 16V D
C600 * R653 2.2k F:CHIP +B
D633
4700p JW1605 XX XX XX RN L600 001:11A;004:2C;005:3E
250V VDR600 1 2 FPRD FB608
E D617 C623 0uH R655 R656 47uH
* C665 R636 100
VARISTOR *
10ERB20-TA2B5 B:CHIP 330 2.2k 1
! FH603 S600 T600 T603 JW1633 R619 RECT R650 R633 160V CHIP
XX XX R621 8.2M XX
F600 * 145635411 145635411 * 220 HOLD_DOWN
* RS 1W
5A RN 004:11F
R640
2
250V
1
C669
2
AC IN 1 FH601 FH602 XX JW1653 XX
PT C657 C666 5.0MM
AC IN 2 153322311 153322311 330p 0.1 R647 C646
250V 0V C625 1k XX
330p CHIP R631
3
CN602 PP
3
4
4
B 250V B D629
2P 4.7k
C602 RD5.1ESB2
0.1 C619 R646 R645 R672 REG R635
C670 1.5k 150k XX 10k
0V JW1630 330p * CHIP
PP XX 250V 0.047 RN-CP RN-CP CHIP C683
JW1602 PT
XX B R625 XX Q608
2
JW1631 PH600 MSD601-RT1 STBY_SW
XX 0 PC123Y22FZ0F 001:5L;005:5D
JW1603 C621 CHIP PHOTO SW Q609 R634
XX COUPLER 4.7k
1
2
E 4.7 JW1683 MSD601-RT1 E
5.0MM CHIP
T605 SW C661
4
XX
3
XX
T604 B
XX
4
3
B-BX1S12350-EM.-A..(Block 001)-AR142M50
HS-A007
007:1B
– 39 – – 40 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52 KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101 RM-W101
4-3-4. A Board — Deflection (Block 004) Schematic Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
VGUARD-DEFL
EWD-DEFL
(BLOCK 004)
VD+-DEFL
AFC-DEFL
VD--DEFL
VZOOM
001:10L
001:12A
001:10L
001:10L
PH2LF
001:9L
001:9L
001:9L
001:9L
A A
DEFLECTION
ABL
R311
XX UDZSTE-175.6B
47k
CHIP
VCC (+13V)
VCC (OUT)
R312
VSS (-13V)
REF-VOLT
3.3V 1M R310
OUTPUT
100
F.B-PLS
!
DRV-IN
CHIP
D062
3.3V CHIP IC804
3.3V AN15524A
MMDL914T1
T802
001:6A;003:10A R305 R313 V-OUT
D061
XX C079 (NX-4450//M3A4)
C078 150k
47p CHIP R307 CHIP XX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 145330921
Q009
R300 CH:CHIP 2.2M:CHIP
100 R309 R326 T801
CHIP 1M R881 C855 C863
R303 CHIP XX 17 220
T801-1 T801-1 1 HV XX T801-1 1 HV
6.8k RN-CP 0.047 004:9B;004:11B 004:9B;004:11B 004:9B;004:9B
B 2.2M RN-CP 35V 16 16V B
R302 CHIP R308 C844 C858 B:CHIP
2.2M XX D060 R327 0.047 0.47 T801-4 T801-4 4 T801-4 4
R8004 R8005 C084
UDZSTE-175.6B XX XX
CHIP Q008 CHIP 16V MPS R895 004:9B;004:11B 004:9B;004:11B 004:9B;004:9B
XX
XX
RN-CP
MSD601-RT1 B RN-CP B:CHIP R891 2.2k
CHIP R306 W009 2.2 RN-CP T801-2 T801-2 2 T801-2 2
ROT_SW R301 R304 XX FPRD 004:9B;004:11B 004:9B;004:11B 004:9B;004:9B
001:8F XX C077 680k CHIP
R8003 CHIP D820
XX XX CHIP GP08D C854 *
ROT_CTRL CHIP V-DRIVE
001:8F CHIP
+B R893 C862 GND_1 GND_1 6 GND_1 6
001:11A;003:10D;005:3E 6.8k 1000p
9V 11V C877 C876 RN-CP 500V
1000p R401 5 T801-5 5
001:6A;002:2E;002:6D;003:10C;005:2E;006:7A 0.01 B 0.47
T801-5 T801-5
25V B:CHIP C878 1/2W 004:9C;004:11C 004:9C;004:11C 004:9C;004:9C
0.01 D823
11V Q814 B:CHIP 25V EL1Z FPRD
003:10C;003:2B MSD601-RT1 B:CHIP
C 5V R421 C850 C861 C864 C
R402
001:6A;003:10C;005:2E C813 10k * 220 XX XX FV FV
;006:4A Q804 XX CHIP 0.1 25V B RS
KTA1279 B 100V
R838 PT D824 SV SV
STOPPER 27k R420 L804
EL1Z XX
C811 CHIP C812 4.7k R887 13 GND_1 GND_1 13 GND_1
C815 XX CHIP 22k JW1841 R416
9V 100 C857 7.5MM
16V R835 R841 XX R848 R844 B CHIP 220 C860 C865 4.7k
3.3V R425 D805 150K XX B XX 6.8k 25V 1000p XX JW1840 1/2W
XX R804 1SS133T-77 R826 1/2W CHIP CHIP CHIP
D830 R888 500V PT
5.0MM 11 T801-11T801-11 11 T801-11
R802 CHIP XX STOPPER R831 47k B 004:10C;004:12C
XX CHIP 330k 4.7k R839 MMDL914T1 004:10C;004:12C 004:10C;004:10C
0 PROTECTOR RN-CP L805
CHIP Q800 CHIP R845 R853 CHIP 11V 10 2.2mH 10
R822 R842 R400
XX R824 1.2k R833 XX XX D812 3.3k D809 C845 D818 0.47
XX
C800 PIN DRIVE R803
XX 33k FPRD R827
1.5 150k CHIPC816CHIP RN-CP 1SS133T-77 1000p RD5.1ESB2 1/2W
XX CHIP CHIP 1/2W XX D829 STOPPER B:CHIP CLAMP FPRD 9 T801-9 T801-9 9 T801-9
R801 2W 004:10D;004:12D
R800 RS UDZSTE-175.6B 004:10D;004:12D
004:10D;004:10D
XX XX
CHIP CHIP R422 R8007 8 GND_1 GND_1 8 GND_1
! JW1839
1SS133T-77
C831 R868 R8008 XX
STOPPER
D D808 XX 12.5MM D
0.1 XX
D807
R808 1SS133T-77 9V C828 10 C840 RS
W019 XX 100 16V FPRD
C830 B:CHIP 0.011 R882 L802 C867 7 7 T801-7
220P 2KV B
R805 R823 STOPPER 22mH * T801-7 T801-7
XX CHIP R846 16V 0.01 25V C833 1.2kV 2.2k 33 R411 004:10D;004:12D 004:10D;004:12D 004:10D;004:10D
180k 2.2k B:CHIP PP CHIP
EGP20G BY228/A52A/
CHIP R806 RN 0.1 S800 D821 160V 68k
CHIP C826 16V C846 1/2W
C836
5V XX R423 R852 0.022 R861 157270711 10ERB20-TB3 RN
CHIP 10k B:CHIP 330P 2KV H-CENT-1
D816
0 25V 2.2k
R810 R809 CHIP RN-CP B:CHIP CHIP Q806 R412
XX XX R807 MSD601-RT1 C847
C803 XX 0.01 R890 R896 68k
CHIP CHIP XX Q801 CHIP Q802 R834 R865 R869 C841 200V RN
200V-RECT
8 7 6 5 1k 1 68 XX
XX 180k 0.15 PT C848 D819 3W R405
XX CHIP FPRD 250V R883 0.01 10ERB20-TB3 RS 0.47
D827
RN
EL1Z
R857 R413
D817
BUFFER BUFFER PP 2.2k 200V C849 1/2W 47k
IC801 XX Q807 FPRD PT 0.022 FPRD CN801
C832 MSB709-RT1 C852 RN 5P
R814 R813 LM2903DT 15 200V 0.27
1 2 3 4 XX XX COMPARATOR
R855 C883 220p PIN DRIVE PT WHT
CHIP CHIP
150k 0.0047 CH:CHIP JW1834 250V C868
XX
R812 CHIP CHIP C842 7.5MM L800 PP 470p
R815
C834
0.033 500V
XX
IC800 XX XX R424 R858 S 400V JW1842 *
C879 CHIP 1 2 3 4 C851 R889 L803 B Q8009
XX CHIP D800 R829 100k XX W026 PP 10MM 1 100 4.7mH C870 1 200V
XX XX 1k CHIP D815 KTA1279
E ROTATION UDZSTE-179.1B 450V 3W XX E
STOPPER 3W R843 C829
R866 0.0047 PROTECT RS 200V 2 NC
AMP RS 0 R847 R851 Q808 D826 R406
NS+ 3 10k 1k 100k B:CHIP IRF614-037 XX R419 R8010 3 GND
8 7 6 5 D801 CHIP RN-CP 220k XX R8009
C809 CHIP CHIP 1/2W 120k
NC 2 XX
1000p C822
C835
R879 RN 6.8k RN 4 H1
STOPPER R828 C825 0.01 11V R897 C869 C882 R414 CHIP
NS- 1 R817 1.5k B:CHIP 0.01 R854 R859 25V 220K XX 0.015 4.7k 5 NC
L806 R818 25V 18k 0.01 33 R8013
8
1
CN800
R816 XX XX 3W B:CHIP
33k
25V RN-CP B:CHIP RN RN 250V 200V 1/2W 100k R8011
XX XX CHIP RS RN-CP FPRD Q8010 To C Board
3P CHIP CHIP B:CHIP R876 W025 RN 47k
2SC2611 CHIP
2
7
XX 10k R884 D828 CN703
9V R856 R873 CHIP 8 7 6 5 SWITCH
RED C804 11V R825 10k R864 47k XX XX R408
TO NS COIL CHIP XX
6
3
XX 1.5k RN-CP 5.6k CHIP R880 IC803 C872
3W RN-CP XX CHIP
RS 220K XX Q810 R8002 C875
RN XX XX R8012
5
4
C810 XX R8000
R840 13 R872 C839 BUFFER R403 XX C874 CHIP CH 47k OVP-DEFL
C808 1000p XX IC802 0 R877 XX CHIP XX CHIP
220p 500V FPRD 2200p
CHIP B:CHIP 100k 001:11L
TJM4558CDT RN-CP CHIP
500V B 1 2 3 4 R894 R8001
2SC2611
R820 B PIN AMP R417
Q803
2.2k Q805 C837 XX XX XX
1 4 2SC5885 R870 4700p RN-CP CHIP 5V
CHIP 2.2k B:CHIP R8015 RN Q816
F JW1837 XX F
5.0MM RN-CP XX R898 R8014
RN-CP C859 C866 XX MIXER 3.3V
3.3V C805 R830 2 C853 XX R899 XX XX CHIP
TH800
2.2k FB800 XX XX HOLD_DOWN
14
XX
* 1/2W 1.1uH R871 RN-CP D831 003:10D
R821 FPRD 100 XX
1SS133T-77
22k 3 6 W027 1W R886 R892
CHIP RS R878 XX XX Q809
C838
D804
C807 C806 T800 * 1 CHIP C856 CHIP XX
1000p 0.022 143793621 0.1 1W XX
B:CHIP 200V 100V RS MIXER
HDT
PT PT
OCP-PROTECT
001:11L
12
5V
2
6
1
5
H+
V+
H+
H-
H-
V-
B-BX1S12350-EM.-A (BLOCK 004)-AR142M50
G DY800 DY ! G
HOUT-DEFL
001:11A
6P
H.DY H.DY V.DY V.DY
H H
– 41 – – 42 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52 KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101 RM-W101
4-3-5. A Board — Tuner (Block 005) Schematic Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SWF103 I O
XX G SWF
TU102
A TUNER O SWF101 A
169365911
SWF100 *
*
FILTER,
AGC
SDA
SCL
TU2
R114 SURFACE WAVE
MB
C138
NC
IF1
R127
AS
R106 0.01 R111 R112 *
4.7k * XX
CHIP 25V * CHIP CHIP
B:CHIP CHIP CHIP
Q102 JR1100 D102
L101 XX
TU101 2SC3779C,D-AA 1.2uH *
CHIP
TRAP, CERAMIC
XX R108
1K R110
AGC
SDA
JR1102
SCL
30V
JR1109
CT131
C111 CHIP 1k
AS
5V
XX
IF
0.01 R103 C115 XX
*
CHIP C116 CHIP CHIP
B 25V 33 4700p B
B:CHIP L102* RN-CP B:CHIP
4700p
B:CHIP
R128
L103
D100 *
L107 R119 * R113 R126 CHIP
C140 30V JR1110 33 * *
R104 XX
XX
JR1111
47uH 1000p
XX
* RN-CP R107 CHIP C135 CHIP
C100 B:CHIP 3.9k 0.01
JR1101
0:CHIP
1000p C104 C112 CHIP 25V
B:CHIP C102 100p * B:CHIP
100p CH:CHIP D109 CT139 R109
R116 100 CHIP
Q104 JR1112
R115 CH:CHIP D108 *
UDZSTE-175.6B TRAP, CERAMIC 56 Q103
CHIP * * XX
100 UDZSTE-175.6B Q100 SWITCH
CHIP SWITCH
C120 MSD601-RT1
L106 * BUFFER
47uH 470
C106
16V R118 L100 9V
4.7
30V
FB101 100 100uH
C R152 CHIP D105 C117 R148 C
0uH L105
B:CHIP
0:CHIP *
4700p
C107 XX C109 * * Q111
TU-AGC R100 CH:CHIP RN-CP MSD601-RT1 R153
006:2A JR1050 1k * C137
470 C108 D106 1000p BUFFER CF100
D110 XX C101 D107
CHIP 16V
* XX B:CHIP I
*
O CHIP XX
MMDL914T1 10 XX C1019 C300 R146 BPF
R121 C131 G C132 I BPF O
D111 C133 22k 0.47 *
MMDL914T1 0.01 3W 10V 0.22 * * G
25V CHIP CHIP16V R088 R147 CF101
1k:CHIP
R155 RS R131
R141
22k CHIP C1329 1.5k *
XX
*
R154
CHIP * XX CHIP
D103 CHIP
C061 C070 R150
W064 UPC574J C119 C118 0.1 C129
REGULATOR 0.01 * JR1006
4700p 16V 100 XX C1233
9V B:CHIP 22 B:CHIP B:CHIP CHIP *
0
0:CHIP
C141 CHIP
R149
D XX D
001:13F;006:2C
IFVO/IF_MON_OUT
001:11L
SECAM-L-L
VDDC4_CAP
006:8G
IFVO
VIFIN1-IF
VIFIN2-IF
001:13F
SIFIN2-IF
PLLIF
STBY_SW
SIFIN1-IF
2SIF
MONO_OUTL
001:11K
001:11K
001:5L;003:10E
001:6L
001:10L
5V JW1031
001:10L
001:8L
JW015 XX
001:13F
12.5MM R061
680
5V CHIP
W058 FB001
R355 1.1uH JW007
22k XX
CHIP C057
0.01
25V
B:CHIP
A
(BLOCK 005)
B-BX1S12350-EM.-A (BLOCK 005)-AR142M50
003:10C;004:2C;006:7A
001:6A;002:2E;002:6D;
001:6A;003:10C;
TUNER
001:7A
001:11A;003:10D;
SDA-0
+B
001:7A
9V
TUAGC-IF
E E
004:2C;006:4A
5V
SCL-0
AGC-MUTE
004:2C
M-SYS-IF
001:11L
001:7L
001:6L
– 43 – – 44 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52 KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101 RM-W101
4-3-6. A Board — Jack (Block 006) Schematic Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
MON-MUTE
MON-OUT
CN903
-AUDIO
001:13G
001:13G
XX
001:13F
003:10C;
003:10C;
002:5D
001:6A;
002:6D;
OUTR
OUTL
004:2C;
4P
001:6A;
002:2E;
004:2C;
005:2E
005:2E
CN904
B DAT
B DAT
B CLK
B CLK
B INT
B INT
9V
5V
5P
GND
GND
AGC
A A
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
JR1903
1
TU-AGC L902 9V
0:CHIP C966
005:1C XX 47uH
B_INT R9031
100 B
001:1F 5V C956
CHIP
B_DAT
001:1F
B_CLK
R9030
100
R9028
100
CHIP
100
16V (BLOCK 006)
001:1E CHIP
JACK
R902 R904
9V 1K 1K
CHIP CHIP
B R9042 C901 FB903 B
R9040 Q911 C910 XX
XX XX 2.2
XX CHIP 16V 470P
CHIP AUDIO MONO
F:CHIP CH:CHIP
BUFFER
R9045 C922 D905 R910 R932
XX Q900 UDZSTE-179.1B
C953 470P MSB709-RT1 PROTECTION 470 0:CHIP
XX CHIP CH:CHIP CHIP
Q910 MONITOR OUT R913 R9007
16V XX C900 470K XX
001:13F;005:6D B:CHIP BUFFER 2.2 FB902
MONO_OUTL R9038 CHIP CHIP
XX 16V XX
C975 R9041 CHIP F:CHIP
D1_JP/MODE2_EU 1000p R9047 XX
/MONSW-MONO B:CHIP XX R9043 D901 R906 R933
CHIP CHIP XX C925
001:7A 470P UDZSTE-179.1B 470 0:CHIP
CHIP PROTECTION CHIP R914 C911
W059 R9034 CH:CHIP
XX R9046 470K 470P
D1_JP/MODE1_EU XX CHIP CH:CHIP
CHIP Q912 CHIP
C 001:7L. R9044 C
C979 XX R9015
XX Q901 XX
1000p AMP GAIN UN2216
B:CHIP CHIP CHIP
ADJUST AUDIO MUTE J901 JACK
181729911
17 PHONO JACK, 11P J905 XX
C967 Q902 J906
P18 P18 18 13 XX
2.2 UN2216
16V R931 P16 P16 R OUT P12
12 V 4
CN905 F:CHIP AUDIO MUTE 68 W051 16
P5 5
XX CHIP W052
P3
5P 3 R1
TO A BOARD D900 R924
R9008
C903 15
CHIP
UDZSTE-179.1B P15 P15 P11
XX
W005 * 470K L OUT 11 U
(001) PROTECTION CHIP
470
CN007 16V P14
P5
2 L1
P12
P12 14 10
D911 R925 R928 P14 MON OUT P10 Y
D V OUT 5 W006 C060 D
UDZSTE-175.6B 0.1 16V 220 75 13 8
GND 4 PROTECTION B:CHIP CHIP CHIP P1
V1
P11 P9 9 1
U OUT / FB 3 12
P11 P12 V P7 R(YUV)
C062 R926 R929 7
GND 2 W007 D912 0.1 16V 220 75 J907
UDZSTE-175.6B B:CHIP XX
Y OUT 1 PROTECTION CHIP CHIP P10 P10 4
R927 R930 P11 11 P9 6 L(YUV)
D913 C067 U P18 5
UDZSTE-175.6B 0.1 16V 220 75 P16
PROTECTION B:CHIP CHIP CHIP 4 3 R OUT
P5
10 P3 5
P7 P10 3 R1
C968 R920 Y
XX D902 R907 C909 C914 P15
39K 1 16V 220K 470P 8 2 L OUT
CH UDZSTE-175.6B CHIP F:CHIP CHIP CH:CHIP P9 9
7
PROTECTION P9
P7
R(YUV) P5
2 L1
R9050 C969 R921 C915
0:CHIP D903 R908 C908 220K P14
E J903 R9060 XX 39K 1 16V 470P 1 MON OUT E
XX CH UDZSTE-175.6B F:CHIP CHIP CH:CHIP
JACK,PIN 3P PROTECTION CHIP P9 6 P1
1-770-329-13 CHIP L(YUV) 1 V1
C917 C918 R945 D915 D904 C904 R918 R922
006:3E 006:2E 470p 1 16V 10k UDZSTE-175.6B XX XX C912 4 J908
XX R9009 XX CHIP 470p P5 5 XX
F1 F1 CH:CHIP F:CHIP CHIP PROTECTION XX CHIP 3 J904 XX JACK
R2 F2 F2 CHIP CH:CHIP R1
006:3E; R940 P3 P3
R 006:2G 006:2E;
R9061
C919 R946 R9051 C970 3 3
CHIP
220k R909 C907 R915 L1
XX
006:2G 1 16V 10K XX 5V XX D906 39K 220k
P3 P16
L OUT
L2 CHIP F:CHIP CHIP CHIP UDZSTE-175.6B 1 16V 2 2 2
CH CHIP F:CHIP CHIP P5 P5
L1
F3 F3 PROTECTION
006:3F; 006:2F; R941 D916
R9052
C916 W016 W017
C913 R9010
XX
L006:2G 220K W035 UDZSTE-175.6B R905 C906 R916 V1
VIDEO2 006:2G 470P D907 220K P5 P15
CH:CHIP CHIP PROTECTION UDZSTE-175.6B 39k 1 16V CHIP 470P XX 1 V1
1 1 MON OUT
JW1901 5.0MM C971 PROTECTION CHIP F:CHIP CH:CHIP P1 P1
F4 F4 XX
VIDEO IN 2 R9005 D917
V 006:3F 006:2F 0:CHIP D931
C921 XX CH
C902 R911 R9006 Terminal
XX D908 220 XX VIDEO IN 1
UDZSTE-173.6B W028 UDZSTE-175.6B *
F PROTECTION 0.22 CHIP R917 CHIP F
PROTECTION 75 J900 S IN
169424211
JW1900
D932 CHIP
XX
R9053 TERMINAL S
UDZSTE-173.6B R944
2 1
PROTECTION 75 R989 R990
CHIP 10k 0:CHIP 1.5K 4 3
J909 CHIP
R9021 100 CHIP
R9023 100 CHIP
CHIP
R9022 100 CHIP
XX D909 Y
C955 C
47 UDZSTE-175.6B
D918 R9048 R9016 PROTECTION
R9020 100 CHIP
UDZSTE-175.6B 35V VIDEO IN 1
R9018 100 CHIP
R9036 100 CHIP
R9017 100 CHIP
F2 JR1015 XX R9049 XX
L 006:2E;006:3E XX PROTECTION CHIP XX CHIP C905 R919 R923
W054 W057
R9027 CHIP C978 C977 D910 0.01 220 75
R9059
27k XX XX UDZSTE-175.6B 25V CHIP CHIP
F3 R9025 CHIP R9019 B:CHIP
XX
R9026 PROTECTION
V 006:2F;006:3F 100 27K R9058 100
CHIP CHIP XX
CHIP CHIP
G G
B-BX1S12350-EM.-(BLOCK 006)-AR142M50
SCARTFBL/A16
001:6L
001:13F
C1
001:13F
001:13E;
001:13F
005:6D
INR2
001:13F
001:13F
INR1
CVBS1/Y1
S2
INL2
001:13F
001:13F
001:13D
001:6L
CVBS3
001:13F
S1/VC
INL3
001:13E
INR3
001:13F
INL1
CVBSO
001:13F
SCARTHPL
IFVO
CVBS2/Y2
001:13E
002:2A
SCARTHPR
– 45 – – 46 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
4-3-7. A Board — Heat Sink (Block 007) Schematic Diagram
1 2 3 4
A
A
(BLOCK 007)
A
HEATSINK
Mount Mecha A001 409311801 Q805
Mount Mecha A002 409358501 IC606
Mount Mecha A003 409312201 IC604
Mount Mecha A004 409312201 IC603
B B
Mount Mecha A005 409312201 IC602
Mount Mecha A006 409358401 IC804
003:5E
HS-A007 Mount Mecha A007 409447401 IC601
Mount Mecha A008 409311601 IC200
Mount Mecha A009 409500101 XX IC200
Mount Mecha A010 409311701 XX IC200
Mount Mecha A011 410262101 IC001
Mount Mecha A012 410268301 CLP001
C Mount Mecha A015 405530402 D914 HOLDER C
Mount Mecha A016 410268311
Mount MechaA017 410268301
Mount Mecha A018 410268311
Mount Mecha A019 410268301
B-BX1S12350-EM.-A (BLOCK007).-AR142M50
D
D
– 47 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
4-3-8. C Board Schematic Diagram
J
A
FV 1 1000V
R795
100k
J751 1/2W CN704
1
145154411 FPRD 1P
1 GND 1000V
1 C752
3 R760 4700p
13 XX 2kV
GND C754
4 R773 E
560k 4.7
11 5 1/2W 250V
RCV
2
10 6 1 200V
9 8 7 R774 L780 2 NC
150 +200V 22uH
D780 3W 3 GND
1SS133T-77 D750 RS
GP08D 4 H1
1SS133T-77
RV750 5 NC
* R781 KG KB G2
IC751
D781
110M 0.47 CN703
RM-W101
2W
PICTURE TUBE
TDA6108AJF/N1 5P
RS WHT
3
A34LRG70X
R757 TO A BOARD
R756 (004)
C782 5 6 1k 1k H
1/2W R758 CN801
1000p 2 3 1/2W
G OUT
R OUT
B OUT
B 1k
GND
VDD
– 48 –
G IN
B IN
R IN
JW1781 1/2W
IK
R783 5.0MM
JW1782
200V
5.0MM
100
L781
XX
1/2W 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CV KR G1 G4 HV
L782 XX
R763
4
JW1783
5.0MM
1 100 R764
4 1/2W 100
D754 1/2W
L783 XX
9V
R766 XX HSS82-TJ
C788 D755
XX
R767 XX HSS82-TJ
GND 1 R794
C787 0.47
R768 XX 1000p R765 D756
B 2 500V 100 HSS82-TJ 1 GND
R754 680 CHIP C789
G 3 XX 1/2W
5
C751 CN705
R-OUT C790 C753 1P
R 4 R753 R-IN 10
R752 XX 680 XX 250V
GND 5 680 JW702
CHIP JW1750 CHIP XX
1K 6 XX R780
9V 7 +9V 470k
9V C786 C781 1/2W
CN701 L750 R777 1000p 4.7
R786 R784 R775 250V
7P XX XX B:CHIP
WHT
XX XX XX
C
6
TO A BOARD C759 R778 R713
(001) R785
CN004 XX XX XX 0:CHIP (VIDEO AMP)
Q701
XX C783 R776
1000p XX
D782 B:CHIP
UDZSTE-175.6B
B-BX1S12350-EM.-C-AR142M50
7
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
4-4. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT AND WAVEFORMS
A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM
Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC001 1 0 48 1.4 85 1.7
2 0 5 9 PAL
3 1.7
4 3.3
5 3.3
6 0
7 3.3 2.160V 1.560V
8 0
49 2.2 9 NTSC
9 3.3
50 2.2
10 *
51 1.4
11 *
52 1.5
12 0
53 2.2
13 (103.5)[128.1] 2.040V
54 2.2
14 (2.4)[2.5]
55 (1.5)[1.9] 86 1.7
15 (4.9)[4.2]
56 (1.9)[1.4]
16 1.9 10
57 (2.2)[1.9]
17 2.3
58 1.4
18 0
59 1.5
19 2.3
60 3.2
20 2.3
61 3.2 1.380V
21 (3.2)[2.8]
62 3.1
63 3.1 87 1.6
2
64 1.4 11 PAL
65 0.6
6
1.300V
1.460V
22 1.6
11 NTSC
3 324.0mV
66 0.4
7
1.680V
1.840V
88 (0)[3.3]
23 1.7 89 0
5.440V 90 3.3
4 91 1.6
67 1.4 92 0
8 93 1.6
94 3.1
95 0
2.040V
96 (3.2)[1.6]
24 1.9 97 3.4
3.160V 98 3.4
25 1.9
26 2.2 68 0 99 (3.3)[3.7]
27 1.9 69 4.2 100 1.7
28 0 70 1.2 101 0
29 (1.9)[2.2] 71 1.2 102 3.3
30 (1.9)[2.2] 72 1.2 103 (24.2)[25.1]
31 (2.9)[3.1] 73 2.0 104 (40.0)[39.5]
32 0.4 74 1.6 105 2.7
33 (112.3)[111.2] 75 (123.8)[124.7] 106 3.3
34 2.2 76 0 107 3.3
35 (2.2)[1.9] 77 4.2 108 3.3
36 (4.1)[3.5] 78 1.3 109 3.6
37 (3.2)[2.8] 79 1.3 110 3.3
38 2.4 80 1.3 111 (4.1)[4.9]
39 2.4 81 0 112 0
40 0 82 (4.2)[0] 113 0
41 1.9 83 (1.9)[2.3] 114 2.9
42 1.5 84 3.2 115 28.2
43 2.2 116 0.7
44 (2.2)[1.5] 117 1.7
45 8.4 118 1.6
46 4.9 119 3.3
47 4.9 120 5.0
121 0
122 0
– 49 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM
Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
123 3.2 7 0 Q106 B 0
124 1.7 8 0 C 0
125 0 IC804 1 0.4 E 0
126 3.3 17 Q111 B 0
127 3.3 C 0
128 0 E 0
Q200 B 1.9
IC002 I 3.3 C (76.5)[68.7]
G 0 648.0mV E 0
O 3.2 Q201 B (18.4)[20.3]
IC003 1 0 2 13.3 C 21.1
2 0 3 -12.4 E 21.1
3 0 4 -13.3 Q202 B (7.7)[8.9]
4 0 5 (196.0)[141.6] C (-0.4)[-0.6]
5 (3.6)[3.4] 16 E 8.8
6 (3.6)[3.4] Q204 B 0
7 0 C 8.9
E 0
8 3.3
Q205 B 0
IC200 1 0 54.40V C 0
2 0 E 0
3 19.9 6 13.2 Q601 B 45.6
4 0 7 0.4 C 10.9
5 0 PH600 1 23.1 E 0
6 0 2 22.0 Q605 B (22.7)[21.5]
7 9.9 3 (33.0)[33.4] C 0.2
8 3.5 4 2.6 E (23.4)[23.1]
9 0 Q001 B 0 Q606 B 0.2
C 2.3 C 22.3
10 21.1 E 0
11 9.6 E 20.2
Q006 B (0)[3.3] Q608 B (94.0)[93.7]
12 0 C (3.3)[2.0]
IC601 1 0.5 C 19.5
E (0.2)[1.9] E 0
2 (34.2)[34.6] Q007 B (3.2)[0] Q609 B 0.6
3 0.3 C (2.0)[3.3] C 93.8
4 0.3 E (1.9)[0.3] E 0
5 (2.1)[2.9] Q008 B 0.5 Q800 B 0
IC602 I 10.9 C 0 C 0
G 0 E 0 E 0
O 8.9 Q009 B 0 Q801 B (69.8)[0]
C 0 C 0
IC604 I 8.9 E 0
G 0 E 0
Q010 B 0 Q802 B 0
O (4.2)[5.0] C 0 C 0
IC800 1 0 E 0 E 0
2 0 Q011 B 0 Q803 B (50.4)[51.0]
3 0 C 0
14
4 0 E 0
5 0 Q012 B 0.6
6 0 C (40.7)[32.9]
7 0 E 0
8 10.9 Q013 B (40.7)[32.8] 1.440V
IC801 1 2.3 C 1.7
2 0.8 E 0 C 48.5
Q016 B 0 E 0
3 1.5
C 0 Q804 B 136.0
4 0 E 0 C 0
5 2.6 E 136.0
Q100 B (2.9)[3.1]
6 2.3 C 8.9 Q805 B (-71.1)[-70.9]
7 5.8 E (2.4)[0] C 140.3
8 8.9 Q101 B 0
IC802 1 (4.5)[4.4] C 8.9 13
2 3.2 E 0
3 3.2 Q102 B 3.2
4 0 C 2.4
5 4.4 E (7.6)[8.6]
314.0V
6 (4.4)[4.9] Q103 B (0)[3.2]
7 3.4 C (3.3)[1.0]
E (0)[34.7] E 0
8 8.9
Q104 B (3.1)[10.6] Q806 B 5.8
IC803 1 0 C 8.9
2 0 C (38.3)[5.2]
E 0 E 5.5
3 0
4 0 Q105 B 8.9 Q807 B 5.8
5 0 C 130.1 C 0
6 0 E 0 E 5.5
– 50 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM
Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
Q808 G 5.5 Q816 B (0)[5.8] Q912 B (82.4)[74.5]
15 C (0)[8.9] C 0.5
E (0)[5.5] E 0
Q900 B 1.3 Q8009 B (195.4)[195.0]
C 0 C (195.7)[195.3]
E 2.0 E (196.0)[195.7]
9.200V Q901 B (0.2)[2.0] Q8010 B (0.5)[0]
C 0.2 C 118.9
S 0 E 0 E 0
O (10.2)[12.1] Q902 B 0.2 DY800 12
Q809 B 0 C 0.2
C 0 E 0
E 0 Q910 B 2.3
Q810 B 0 C (4.1)[4.8]
C 0 E 1.7 1.320V
E 0 Q911 B 4.9
Q814 B (44.2)[22.3] C (7.7)[8.9]
C (4.2)[4.9] E (3.6)[4.2]
E (122.1)[142.5]
C BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM
Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC751 1 1.8 6 (195.6)[195.4] 9 (147.8)[145.8]
1 7 (142.3)[141.1]
6
4 PAL
1.260V
98.00V
2 1.8 106.0V
J751 H1 0
2 4 NTSC H2 0
KB (148.2)[145.9]
KG (144.10[142.2]
KR (142.6)[141.4]
Q701 B 4.4
1.200V 120.0V C 0
E 0
3 1.8 8 (143.8)[142.2]
3 5
1.360V 102.0V
4 0
5 4.4
– 51 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
4-5. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND PARTS LOCATION
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
C [VIDEO AMP]
– C Board –
(KV-AR142M80/P52)
GND
GND
200V
1K
GND
G
R
B
A703
9V
NC
NC
H1
5 1 1 A705
CN701
C754 7
R778
C783
R713 JW1750
C788
R754
CN704
C789
CN703
R753
R777
D750
C752
R781 R780
R773
R774
L750
R795
R752
R760
C790
H2 R784
C781
D782
H1
R776
G1-1 L780 R775 R785
G1-2 C759 R786
Q701
5 6 EY706
R767
R768
7
4 R794
G2
KB R766
RV750
8
RCV 3 A701
KG
1
C751
9 B IN
R758
13
2
G IN
C753 R IN
10
C786
GND
KR
D756
CN705
C787
R757
IK
D754
J751 11
VDD
D755
R OUT
GND L783
1-687-880-32 G1-3
L782
R6 (1-722-473-32) R783 R764 G OUT
R765
R756
B OUT
D781 JW1782
8
G4
1 A704
IC751
D780
R763 EY707
EY703
C782 JW1781
L781
A702
EY701
– C Board –
(KV-AR142M50/M90)
GND
GND
200V
1K
GND
G
R
A703
9V
NC
NC
H1
5 1 1 A705
CN701
C754 7
R778
C783
R713 JW1750
C788
R754
CN704
C789
CN703
R753
R777
D750
C752
R781 R780
R773
R774
L750
R795
R752
R760
C790
H2 R784
C781
D782
H1 R776
G1-1 L780 R775 R785
G1-2 C759 R786
Q701
5 6 EY706
R767
R768
7
4 R794
G2
KB R766
RV750
8
RCV 3 A701
KG
1
C751
9 B IN
R758
13
2
G IN
C753 R IN
10
C786
GND
KR
D756
CN705
C787
R757
IK
D754
J751 11
VDD
D755
R OUT
GND L783
1-687-880-16 G1-3
L782
R6 (1-722-473-16) R783 R764 G OUT
R765
R756
B OUT
D781 JW1782
8
G4
1
IC751 A704
D780
R763 EY707
EY703
C782 JW1781
L781
A702
EY701
– 52 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52 KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101 RM-W101
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS NOTE:
The circuit indicated at left contains high voltage of over
A [Processor, Audio, Power Supply, Deflection, Tuner, Jack, HeatSink] 1220 Vp-p. Please pay attention when inspecting or
repairing it to prevent an electric shock.
– A Board –
(KV-AR142M80/P52)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
FB003 L038 CN005 1 GND
L039
C020
3 JR1013 1 NC
R236
R018
C324 R341 R014 3 KEY Q200
C002
IC003 R339 R324
JR008
C211
C1329
R393
R002
C231
D067 JR1014
D002
C003
L032
4
C001
1
A
R099
R006
C685
D003
R337 FB004 C308
R097
R004
Q013
1 R001
R215
D071
5
B INT
GND
B CLK
B DAT
JR036
AGC
R320
R319
R003 L008
L012
JR004 D068
R212
R096
R131
C314
C312
CN904
12
R154
D111
W064 R234
C318
CN903
L033
C024
8 JR038
R216
5 1
C313
D207
C029
5
R8004
D208
R394
JR1010 Q103
R024
JR003
R340
R338
C213
R214
C042
C300
C321
L036
R316 FB001 L009
C141
L013
C120 D215
R010
C082 JR002 Q201
R155
L106
C317 R397 D201 C215
A008
C044 R023
JR025
D213
A009
R315
A017 C081
C080
JR037 R213
C322
R314
C014 A019 R015
JR302
R116
JR1903
R115
D072 C212
A011C325 C032 L010
C018
TU101TU102 L107
R026
C304 IC200 R218
C1019
D065 W031 D076 R029
C117
R106
R109
L103JR1111
R025 128
JR1101R104 R111
X001
L101 JR019
R030
C022
Q206
JR043
C100 R110 R114 Q104 JR013 R235
Q016
W033
R021
D214
D108
D109 C104
R210
D110
C102 C138 W032 D064
R046
C311
C089
R044
JR024 R9034
Q102 C034 1 JR301
C979
R112
R126
B
C210
JR051
C116 D100 10 R8003
R011C041
JR012
JR1011
R392 R380
D105
R107
D212
C232
1 C
CT139
R149
JR009
C133
C052 C046
R336
R322
11
JR1050
3 C140C119 B C013 R2647
JR042
D203
C083
FB101
R2646
JR1110
JR046
R100
R108
C006 D023
C115
R103
20
L011
R020
C090
R119
11 C011
R323
C111
R045
R989 9
C049
R113 C237 R211
JR300
D070 D069 C015
C091
C012 C328 C236
R9036
D204
C055
C209
L105
C050 R012 W053 C205
L102
R048
R9045 R9038
R9046 R9041
C021
C107
L100 SWF100 SWF103 C135
W002 R9043
D106
C206
C101
R061 C106
C208
R232
JR1102JR1100JR1112 I C048
C118
JR1601
C112
R9040
D024
R9042
D102 R128
JR018
R127 30 W030 C010
D202
CT131
JR1109 C975
CN004 C221
C953
R355
C219
R051 C204
1
JR016
R152
L031
R118
1 D025
TP03 D059 C207
SWF101
L006
R038
C108
C323
Q910
C109
Q202 C224
Q100
CF100
D107
D058
Q911
32 97
R153
JR014
C1233
W058 C137 JR1006
D057
Q912 33
R221 D206
R205
R204 R202
C203 R203
R207 R201
R208 C202
R9031
A010
CF101
C023
J908 R9030
C922
JR1012 96 R039 R220 C229
FB902
L902
C057
R222
C D074 FB002
C026
J907
C025
C132 C063 C061
D103
C641
R933
R932
R9015
R9008
C070
R147
IC606
R230
JR005
C028
C030
D075
C925
IC001 R356
L035
C956
R150 R042 R041
D901
R229
R9044
C302 C037
Q900
R379
O
C301
R242
D205
R200C201
D635
FB903
C064
C073
R9028
C065
TUO B R241
R088
D062
C309
JR007 C079 D061 C228
C303
7
TUO G
JR026 C038 TUO R
R9025 C225
C632
R902
DNG
D918
R224
C069
R146 C004
C053 R364
JR1256
C316 KI
C967
C966
C200
JR1015 V9
L003
C036
R9026
JR015
R148
C672
D060
C131
R141
R904 Q111 R310
Q009
C955 D209
Q001
R384 R386
R225
C319 C056 R326 Q204
R9053
D932
R931
L007
TP04 R385 R420
R929 R928
C093
JR017
C095
C084
64 R9048 W057
R311
L004 C129 R9027 R239 R327 R808 D931
C675
W034
C054
A002
R9047 C072 R223
R930
C320
C005
C234 65 C220 R421 C227 C921
C092
D917
C235
R9016
D900 R228 C226
R9020
R9021
R9019
R9023
R9022
R9051
D913
R9049
D912
R227
D911
Q205 R8005
R914
C911
C903
C062
C067
R924 R233
R926
JR027
R602
R395
D C900 C096
C978
C977
R056
J901 JR020
R925
C060
W035
R927
R906 C901 R9018
C218
R237
J905 L005
R238
R9017
W028
R9007 R910 R226
R058 Q814 A016
R913
C910
R317
D905
Q901
R9059
Q902
R059 C216 D915
D066
D009
D008
C068
D004
C097
C098
1
C051
C826 R872
R854
C825
R861C839
D005
D006
C099
C071
C094
1
R921
IC603
D007
C915
C908
R908
D903
D916
Q601
W005 CN009
R121
V IN/R
U IN/B
Y IN/G
GND
5
Y OUT
R9058
GND
GND
U OUT
C803
C969 R918
GND
W054
5 W016 W018 C230
W027
R865
R806
V OUT W026 A004 D210
CN905 1 Y OUT CN007 C333 R9005
R635
R873
C804
R398
R240
W006 GND A003 A005 C214
D904
C835 JR040 JR041
W007 U OUT/FB 5 1 C638
C813
C668
V
JR800
Q010
C643
R609 IC607
R803
W009 R876 R813 C679
R843
C879
GND
R667
R377
C800 R801
R810 R809
R814
C904 R866 IC801 R098
R817
W003
C914
R920 J904
R9052
C2648
R945
R946
C217
C909
D902
R907
5 V OUT L806 R816
R838
L602
C822
C831
CN800
C830
C637
C971
R9009
R654
C809
JR001
D907
R805 R800
R864
R665
C678
R812
R905 +135V
R802
C906 1
C968
4 C812
C647
R848 R857 R424 D638 Q006
R916 C907 R909 1 IC800 O C686
NC D812 C829 4 JR600
C883
R922
R853
O
D809
R839
C913 4 C649
C919
C2601
C918
R666
R851
R807
GND 1
R852
W017 IC802 R844
3
R423
R847
D637
D200
C639
4 Q802 C2602
E 4 VM OUT 1
R855
C902 R087
D801
R669
D800
R818
R668
R2645 I
Q800
D829 NS+ I R9060 R941
CN003 Q801 JR601
L2601
W010
R990 IC602 L201
J906
R940
NC G JR1602 R656 Q007
C223W062
R856
R9061
R9010 8 R634
R859
8 C916
R915
C912
L
5 NS- D211
I O
R842
D807
C970
C816
C683 8 C917
D906
5 R804 G
R858 R845
1
R917 R9006 R911 D908 R944 D909 JW1683 C815 5 R815 R425 IC604 C674 R9050
W051 R841 C662
JW1839
R300 R302
L601
R422
C805
R868
D910 C828 C2636 J903
W024 DGC CN200
R217
R825 W011 J909
C650
C682
PS605
C630
JR047
R301
C834 SP
1
D804
R846
W052
R219
C634
C67 610
CN601
C842
C635
J900 TP602
R869
Q808 JR049 GND
S
DGCT
C833
C2631
Q806
+
C078
C077
R820
C807
R877
0
R919 GND
C
CN202
C847
JR602
S800
C653
R923 1
C849
C905
R882
R403
R63
CN203 SP L
F C832
R828
R821 D815
R
GND
C841
NC
9
R304 R303
L802
C609 SP L/SP GND
D817 R306 FB603 DGCT SP R
D821
JR805 JR803 R880 Q807 GND 3
4
R616
FB608
A001 CN600 DGC
C240
GND
D604
R63
D2625 PS2601
G
JR804 Q809
D2626
C626
SP R
C628
C660
R881
R823
8
R8014
C606
R834
5
D819
D622
E
D831
Q816
C851
Q810
Q803 W019
C239
R897
R890
CN201
R305
R829
B R898
R312
R8002
R408
L800 Q008 R307
D621
C874
1
C654
T800
D624
PS602
C810 R879 D826 R308 D620 3D
C058
-
C859
C808
R8001 D063 R309
R889
D639
C840
R830
OUT+
R892
R313 R060
R8000
J200
C856
C852
R417
RY600 GND J201
D816
4
C806
C848
C846
W025 D600 J202
1 R886 GND/3D
FB2607
R894 C605
FB2602
OUT-
C853
L803
A018
C836
R840
R899
3
R331
R883 C665 THP600 2
A015
R896 R884
B
1 IC803 5 C872 G D914
D602
8
H+ H+ DY800 H- H- V- V+ 6
R6
D056
C838
C646
D054
D805
C009
TP601 C658
C652
Q609
D623
C611
C837
R870
JR044
Q608
D629
C661
R655
C680
R8015 R871 PS603 R R363
Q805
E
C008
JR045
C622
O
L600 T602 1
R402
R640
R647
H+ 1 R631
TH800 D055
VCC
H
R878
C666 R362
C865
2 D808 R827 R636 C657
R822
+B 1-687-879-32
R633
3 C867 (1-722-473-32) D603
R361 IC002
R675 R360
FB800
R672
200V 4
11 R620
R411
3
2
5 R627 R653
R8011 IC605
L804
R887
ABL 10 H1 FB605
R835 JW1666
D619
R405
R826
1
R412 C869 R625 S600
GND 6
C811
9
D633
E
R619
PH600
7
R624
8 D827 A007
R413
R824 FB610
C624 JW1667
FBT C868 R8009 R8012 R651
T603
R416
I R8010 A006 C850 D617
R833
C875 C644
R831
T801 +13V 5 1 C623 R658 CN602
T605
Q804
E
L805
T802
B
R8013 Q8010
-13V
B
GND
D615
D618
R888
CN801
R660
Q8009
Q605
C855
D830
C882
C866
D818
C863
R893
C845
B
R406
12
R414
GND
AC IN
NC
NC
C870
200V
H1
FH602
13 C612
AC IN
C858 R891
R661
R645
R401 C673
R659
E
C602
D828 T600
R8007
R895 B
W001
F600
C862
D823
R419 R646
FH603
E
C625 C600
2 R618
VDR600
C864 C844
C619
D820 6 R621 D608
T604
D636
R400
1 C876 R650
PS604
C877 7
FH601
C860
R8008
A012
C861
R623
D824 C857 IC804 C854
R612
C878 FB601 Q606
C621
D614
D605
C669
C616
IC601
– 53 – – 54 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52 KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101 RM-W101
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
NOTE:
The circuit indicated at left contains high voltage of over
A [Processor, Audio, Power Supply, Deflection, Tuner, Jack, HeatSink] 1220 Vp-p. Please pay attention when inspecting or
repairing it to prevent an electric shock.
– A Board –
(KV-AR142M50/M90)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
FB003 L038 CN005 1 GND
L039
C020
3 JR1013 1 NC
R236
R018
C324 R341 R014 3 KEY Q200
C002
IC003 R339 R324
JR008
C211
C1329
R393
R002
C231
D067 JR1014
D002
C003
L032
4
C001
R099 1
R006
A C685
D003
R337 FB004 C308
R097
R004
Q013
1 R001
R215
D071
5 GND
B INT
B CLK
B DAT
JR036
AGC
R320
R319
R003 L008
L012
JR004 D068
R212
R096
R131
C314
C312
CN904
12
R154
D111
W064 R234
C318
CN903
L033
C024
8 JR038
R216
5 1
C313
D207
C029
5
R8004
D208
R394
JR1010 Q103
R024
JR003
R340
R338
C213
R214
C042
C300
C321
L036
R316 FB001 L009
C141
L013
C120 D215
R010
C082 JR002 Q201
R155
L106
C317 R397 D201 C215
A008
C044 R023
JR025
D213
A009
R315
A017 C081
C080
JR037 R213
C322
R314
C014 A019 R015
JR302
R116
JR1903
R115
D072 C212
A011C325 C032 L010
C018
TU101TU102 L107
R026
C304 IC200 R218
C1019
D065 W031 D076 R029
C117
R106
R109
L103JR1111
R025 128
JR1101
R104 R111
X001
L101 JR019
R030
C022
Q206
JR043
C100 R110 R114 Q104 JR013 R235
Q016
W033
R021
D214
D108
D109 C104
R210
D110
C102 C138 W032 D064
R046
C311
C089
R044
JR024 R9034
Q102 C034 1 JR301
C979
R112
R126
C210
B
JR051
C116 D100 10 R8003
R011C041
JR012
JR1011
R392 R380
D105
R107
D212
C232
1 CT139 C
R149
JR009
C133
C052 C046
R336
R322
11
JR1050
3 C140C119 B C013 R2647
JR042
D203
C083
FB101
R2646
JR1110
JR046
R100
R108
C006 D023
C115
R103
20
L011
R020
C090
R119
11 C011
R323
C111
R045
R989 9
C049
R113 C237 R211
JR300
D070 D069 C015
C091
C012 C328 C236
R9036
D204
C055
C209
L105
C050 R012 W053 C205
L102
R048
R9045 R9038
R9046 R9041
C021
C107
L100 SWF100 SWF103 C135
W002 R9043
D106
C206
C101
R061 C106
C208
R232
JR1102JR1100JR1112 I C048
C118
JR1601
C112
R9040
D024
R9042
D102 R128
JR018
R127 30 W030 C010
D202
CT131
JR1109 C975
CN004 C221
C953
R355
C219
R051 C204
1
JR016
R152
L031
R118
1 D025
TP03 D059 C207
SWF101
L006
R038
C108
C323
Q910
C109
Q202 C224
Q100
CF100
D107
D058
Q911
32 97
R153
JR014
C1233
W058 C137 JR1006
D057
Q912 33
R221 D206
R205
R204
C203
R207
R208
R9031
A010
CF101
C023
J908 R9030
C922
JR1012 96 R039 R220 C229
FB902
L902
C057
R222
C
D074 FB002
C026
J907
C025
C202
R203
C132 C063 C061
R202
D103
R201
C641
R933
R932
R9015
R9008
C070
R147
IC606
R230
JR005
C028
C030
D075
C925
IC001 R356
L035
C956
R150 R042 R041
D901
R229
R9044
C302 C037
Q900
R379
O
C301
R242
D205
R200C201
D635
FB903
C064
C073
R9028
C065
TUO B R241
R088 D062
C309
JR007 C079 D061 C228
C303
7
TUO G
JR026 C038 TUO R
R9025 C225
C632
R902
DNG
D918
R224
C069
R146 C004
C053 R364
JR1256
C316 KI
C967
C966
C200
JR1015 V9
L003
C036
R9026
JR015
R148
C672
D060
C131
R141
R904 Q111 R310
Q009
C955 D209
Q001
R384 R386
R225
C319 C056 R326 Q204
R9053
D932
R931
L007
TP04 R385 R420
R929 R928
C093
JR017
C095
C084
64 R9048 W057
R311
L004 C129 R9027 R239 R327 R808 D931
C675
W034
C054
A002
R9047 C072 R223
R930
C320
C005
C234 65 C220 R421 C227 C921
C092
D917
C235
R9016
D900 R228 C226
R9020
R9021
R9019
R9023
R9022
R9051
D913
R9049
D912
R227
D911
Q205 R8005
R914
C911
C903
C062
C067
R924 R233
R926
JR027
R602
R395
D C900 C096
C978
C977
R056
J901 JR020
R925
C060
W035
R927
R906 C901 R9018
C218
R237
J905 R9017
R238 L005
W028
R9007 R910 R226
R058 Q814 A016
R913
C910
R317
D905
Q901
R9059
Q902
R059 C216 D915
D066
D009
D008
C068
D004
C097
C098
1
C051
C826 R872
R854
C825
R861C839
D005
D006
C099
C071
C094
1
R921
IC603
D007
C915
C908
R908
D903
D916
Q601
W005 CN009
R121
V IN/R
U IN/B
Y IN/G
GND
5
Y OUT
R9058
GND
GND
U OUT
C803
C969 R918
GND
W054
5 W016 W018 C230
W027
R865
R806
V OUT W026 A004 D210
CN905 1 Y OUT CN007 C333 R9005
R635
R873
C804
R398
R240
W006 GND A003 A005 C214
D904
C835 JR040 JR041
W007 U OUT/FB 5 1 C638
C813
C668
V
JR800
Q010
C643
R609 IC607
R803
W009 R876
R843
R813 C679
C879
GND
R667
R377
C800 R801
R810 R809
R814
C904 R866 IC801 R098
R817
W003
C914
R920 J904
R9052
C2648
R945
R946
C217
C909
D902
R907
5 V OUT L806 R816
R838
L602
C822
C831
CN800
C830
C637
C971
R9009
R654
C809
JR001
D907
R805 R800
R864
R665
C678
R812
R905 +135V
R802
C906 1
C968
4 C812
C647
R848 R857 R424 D638 Q006
R916 C907 R909 1 IC800 O C686
NC D812 C829 4 JR600
C883
R922
R853
O
D809
R839
C913 4 C649
C919
C2601
C918
R666
R851
R807
GND 1
R852
W017 IC802
R844
3
R423
R847
1
D637
D200
C639
4 Q802 C2602
E 4 VM OUT 1
R855
C902 R087
D801
R669
D800
R818
R668
R2645 I
Q800
D829 NS+ I R9060 R941
CN003 Q801 JR601
L2601
W010
R990 IC602 L201
J906
R940
NC G JR1602 R656 Q007
C223W062
R856
R9061
R9010 8 R634
R859
8 C916
R915
C912
L
5 NS- D211
I O
R842
D807
C970
C816
C683 8 C917
D906
5 R804 G
R858 R845
1
R917 R9006 R911 D908 R944 D909 JW1683 C815 5 R815 R425 IC604 C674 R9050
W051 R841 C662
JW1839
R300 R302
L601
R422
C805
R868
D910 C828 C2636 J903
W024 DGC CN200
R217
R825 W011 J909
C650
C682
PS605
C630
JR047
R301
C834 SP
1
D804
R846
W052
R219
C634
C67 610
CN601
C842
C635
J900 TP602
R869
Q808 JR049 GND
S
DGCT
C833
C2631
Q806
+
C078
C077
R820
C807
R877
0
R919 GND
C
CN202
C847
JR602
S800
C653
R923 1
C849
C905
R882
R403
R63
CN203 SP L
F C832
R828
R821 D815
R
GND
C841
NC
9
R304 R303
L802
C609 SP L/SP GND
D817 R306 FB603 DGCT SP R
D821
JR805 JR803 R880 Q807 GND 3
4
R616
FB608
A001 CN600 DGC
C240
GND
D604
R63
D2625 PS2601
G
JR804 Q809
D2626
C626
SP R
C628
C660
R881
R823
8
R8014
C606
R834
5
D819
D622
E
D831
Q816
C851
Q810
Q803 W019
C239
R897
R890
CN201
R305
R829
B R898
R312
R8002
R408
L800 Q008 R307
D621
C874
1
C654
T800
D624
PS602
C810 R879 D826 R308 D620 3D
C058
-
C859
C808
R8001 D063 R309
R889
D639
C840
R830
OUT+
R892
R060
R8000
R313 J200
C856
C852
R417
RY600 GND J201
D816
4
C806
C848
C846
W025 D600 J202
1 R886 GND/3D
FB2607
R894 C605
FB2602
OUT-
C853
L803
A018
C836
R840
R899
3
R331
R883 C665 THP600 2
A015
R896 R884
B
1 IC803 5 C872 G D914
D602
8
H+ H+ DY800 H- H- V- V+ 6
R6
D056
C838
C646
D054
D805
C009
TP601 C658
C652
Q609
D623
C611
C837
R870
JR044
Q608
D629
C661
R655
C680
R8015 R871 PS603 R R363
Q805
E
C008
JR045
C622
O
L600 T602 1
R402
R640
R647
H+ 1 R631
TH800 D055
VCC
H
R878
C666 R362
C865
2 D808 R827 R636 C657
R822
+B 1-687-879-16
R633
3 C867 (1-722-473-16) D603
R361 IC002
R675 R360
FB800
R672
200V 4
11 R620
R411
3
2
5 R627 R653
R8011 IC605
L804
R887
ABL 10 H1 FB605
R835 JW1666
D619
R405
R826
1
R412 C869 R625 S600
GND 6
C811
D633
E
R619
PH600
7
R624
8 D827 A007
R413
R824 FB610
C624 JW1667
FBT C868 R8009 R8012 R651
T603
R416
I R8010 A006 C850 D617
R833
C875 C644
R831
T801 +13V 5 1 C623 R658 CN602
T605
Q804
E
L805
T802
B
R8013 Q8010
-13V
B
GND
D615
D618
R888
CN801
R660
Q8009
Q605
C855
D830
C882
C866
D818
C863
R893
C845
B
R406
12
R414
GND
AC IN
NC
NC
C870
200V
H1
FH602
13 C612
AC IN
C858 R891
R661
R645
R401 C673
R659
E
C602
D828 T600
R8007
R895 B
W001
F600
C862
D823
R419 R646
FH603
E
C625 C600
2 R618
VDR600
C864 C844
C619
D820 6 R621 D608
T604
D636
R400
1 C876 R650
PS604
C877 7
FH601
J C860
R8008
A012
C861
R623
D824 C857 IC804 C854
R612
C878 FB601 Q606
C621
D614
D605
C669
C616
IC601
– 55 – – 56 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS
DIODE
CATHODE
ANODE
ANODE
(GRN) ANODE CATHODE
CATHODE (GRN)
ANODE
SPB-25MVWF D3SB60F3 RD5.1ESB2 AM01AV1 10ERB20-TA2B5 MMDL914T1
MTZJ-T-77-15 D1NL20U 10ERB20-TB3
UPC574J EL1Z D3S6M-F
1SS133T-77 GP08D RGP15J-6040G23
HSS82-TJ RU4AM-T3
S3L20UF4
11EQS10-TB5
TRANSISTOR
3 CATHODE
ANODE
2
1
3
ANODE
2 CATHODE
1
1PS226-115 MA2ZD14001S0 BY228/A52A FN155 2SC3779C 2SC5885
MA77
UDZSTE-175.6B
UDZSTE-179.1B
UDZSTE-173.6B
IC
LETTER SIDE
B
E
E C B
MSB709-RT1 IRF614-037 2SC2611 KTA1279 RPM7240-H5 SE135N-LF38
MSD601-RT1
UN2211
UN2216
SOP
1 TOP VIEW
Small Outline L-leaded Package
TOP VIEW Pin 8~98
PQ018EF01SZH STR-F6267S-LF1357 TDA12067H/ CAT24WC16WI-TE13
BA18BC0FP-E2 N1B0B0CL LM2903DT
TDA12067H/ TJM4558CDT
N1B0B0QV
TDA12017H/
N1B0B0QR
– 57 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
IC
TA7805S TDA6108AJF/N1 AN5276T KIA78R09API
– 58 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
SECTION 5
EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• Items with no par t number and no • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since
description are not stocked because they are seldom required for routine The components identified by
they are seldom required for routine s e r v i c e. S o m e d e l ay s h o u l d b e shading and mark ! are critical
service. anticipated when ordering these items. for safety.
• The construction parts of an assembled Replace only with par t number
par t are indicated with a collation specified.
number in the remark column.
5-1. CHASSIS
r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12 TYPE2 IT-3
p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16 TYPE2 IT-3
4 : 7-685-661-14 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 12 TYPE2 IT-3
25 17
26
30
16 12
13 10
11
32
9
31
15
9 23
14 24
8 28 29 22
25
13
27 5
20 21
19
1 31
18
2 26
3
4
– 59 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
1 X-2022-422-1 BEZNET ASSY (KV-AR142M50) 2~4,8,27~28 (KV-AR142M50)(Malaysia))
X-2023-103-1 BEZNET ASSY (KV-AR142M80) 2~4,8,27~28 * A-1073-203-A COMPLETE PWB, A
X-2022-495-1 BEZNET ASSY (KV-AR142M90) 2~4,8,27~28 (KV-AR142M50 (Vietnam))
X-2023-102-1 BEZNET ASSY (KV-AR142P52) 2~4,8,27~28 * A-1076-609-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-AR142M80)
2 4-096-206-02 DOOR, CONTROL (KV-AR142M50/M90) * A-1074-533-A COMPLETE PWB, A
4-093-616-01 CONTROL, DOOR (KV-AR142M80/P52) (KV-AR142M90)
3 4-093-576-01 BUTTON, POWER * A-1072-338-A COMPLETE PWB, A
4 4-036-405-11 SPRING, COMPRESSION (KV-AR142P52)
(KV-AR142M50/M90) 19 ! 1-453-309-21 TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK
* 4-036-405-21 SPRING, COMPRESSION (NX-4450//M3A4)
(KV-AR142M80/P52) 20 1-693-659-11 TUNER
5 ! 8-735-570-05 PICTURE TUBE
21 !* 4-095-890-31 BRACKET TERMINAL (ICON)
6 1-452-032-00 MAGNET, DISC
22 ! 1-824-968-11 POWER CORD (WITH CONNECTOR)
7 4-095-520-02 COVER REAR(KV-AR142M50/M90)
4-093-654-01 COVER REAR(KV-AR142M80/P52) (KV-AR142M50 (Malaysia))
8 4-093-704-01 SPRING, DOOR ! 1-828-526-11 CORD, POWER (KV-AR142M50 (Vietnam))
9 4-081-577-02 SPACER(S), DY (except KV-AR142M50 (Vietnam)) ! 1-823-480-11 CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
4-046-600-11 SPACER, DY (KV-AR142M50 (Vietnam)) (KV-AR142M80)
10 4-077-228-02 PIECE, TLH CONVERGENCE ! 1-769-609-22 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
(KV-AR142M90)
11 ! 8-451-401-41 DEFLECTION YOKE
! 1-824-642-21 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
12 * A-1067-075-A MOUNTED PWB, (VAR) C
(KV-AR142M50 (Malaysia)/M90) (KV-AR142P52)
* A-1073-205-A MOUNTED PWB, (VAR) C 23 4-022-115-00 HOLDER, AC CORD (KV-AR142M50/M90)
(KV-AR142M50 (Vietnam)) 4-022-115-21 HOLDER, AC CORD (KV-AR142M80/P52)
* A-1072-340-A MOUNTED PWB, (VAR) C 24 * 4-092-370-02 BRACKET, FBT
(KV-AR142M80/P52) 25 1-544-763-41 SPEAKER (12 X 5CM)(KV-AR142M50/M90)
13 4-057-862-01 SCREW TAPPING 5 + CROWN WASHER
(KV-AR142M50/M90) 26 4-384-096-01 SCREW (4 X 16) ,TAPPING, +P
4-057-862-11 SCREW TAPPING 5 + CROWN WASHER 27 4-093-476-01 GUIDE, LIGHT
(KV-AR142M80/P52) 28 * 4-093-771-01 COVER, FRONT PANEL
14 4-095-706-01 SPRING EXTENSION 29 * 4-101-602-01 BOX(R), SPEAKER(KV-AR142M50/M90)
15 1-786-554-31 TOP SWITCH BLOCK * 4-093-719-01 BOX(R), SPEAKER(KV-AR142M80/P52)
30 * 4-101-601-01 BOX(L), SPEAKER(KV-AR142M50/M90)
16 4-094-690-01 PIECE A(90), CONV. CORRECT * 4-093-720-01 BOX(L), SPEAKER(KV-AR142M80/P52)
17 ! 1-456-278-11 DEGAUSSING COIL
31 * 4-101-600-01 DUCT, SPEAKER (KV-AR142M50/M90)
18 * A-1076-652-A COMPLETE PWB,A
* 4-097-098-01 DUCT, SPEAKER (KV-AR142M80/P52)
32 4-069-978-01 CUSHION, DGC (KV-AR142M50/M90)
– 60 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified. SECTION 6
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
NOTE: • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since • All resistors are in ohms
they are seldom required for routine • F : nonflammable
The components identified by shading service. Some delay should be antici-
and mark ! are critical for safety. pated when ordering these items. CAPACITORS
Replace only with part number specified. • MF : µF, PF : µµF
• All variable and adjustable resistors have
characteristic curve B, unless otherwise COILS
When indicating par ts by reference noted. • MMH : mH, UH : µH
number, please include the board name.
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
* A-1076-652-A COMPLETE PWB, A C036 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
(KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)) C037 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V
* A-1073-203-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C038 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
* A-1076-609-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-AR142M80)
* A-1074-533-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-AR142M90) C041 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V
* A-1072-338-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-AR142P52) C042 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
****************** C044 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C046 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 25V
* 4-055-304-11 HOLDER, LED C048 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
* 4-102-022-01 PIN(30), WIRE
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) C049 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
4-382-854-21 SCREW (M3X14), P, SW (+) C050 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C052 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C053 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
<CAPACITOR> C054 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C001 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C055 1-100-829-31 FILM 0.15UF 5% 250V
C002 1-127-611-91 ELECT 470UF 20% 16V C055 (KV-AR142M80/P52)
C002 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C055 1-100-829-11 FILM 0.15UF 5% 250V
C002 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C055 (Except KV-AR142M80/P52)
C002 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C056 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C003 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C057 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C004 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C058 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C005 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C060 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C006 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C061 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C006 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C062 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C006 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V C063 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C006 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C064 1-127-652-91 ELECT 2.2UF 20% 50V
C008 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C064 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C010 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C064 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C012 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C064 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C013 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C065 1-126-962-11 ELECT 3.3UF 20.00% 50V
C014 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C067 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C018 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C069 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C020 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C070 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C021 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C072 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C022 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C073 1-127-652-91 ELECT 2.2UF 20% 50V
C023 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V C073 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C024 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C073 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C024 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C073 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C024 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C078 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V
C024 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C080 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C025 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C081 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C026 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C082 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C028 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C083 1-162-979-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0027UF 10.00% 50V
C029 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C089 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C029 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C090 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C029 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V C091 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C029 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C092 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C030 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C093 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C032 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.50PF 50V C094 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C032 (KV-AR142M90)
C095 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C034 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.50PF 50V C096 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C034 (KV-AR142M90) C100 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
– 61 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C101 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C213 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V
C102 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C214 1-127-627-91 ELECT 1000UF 20% 25V
C214 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C104 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C214 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V
C106 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V C214 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C107 1-127-611-91 ELECT 470UF 20% 16V
C107 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C215 1-128-550-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 50V
C107 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C216 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
C107 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C216 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C216 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
C108 1-127-611-91 ELECT 470UF 20% 16V C216 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C108 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C108 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C217 1-127-627-91 ELECT 1000UF 20% 25V
C108 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C217 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C109 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C217 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V
C217 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C111 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C218 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
C112 1-162-910-11 CERAMIC CHIP 5PF 0.25PF 50V C218 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C112 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80/M90)
C115 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C218 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
C116 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C218 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C219 1-127-609-91 ELECT 220UF 20% 16V
C117 1-164-381-91 CERAMIC CHIP 62PF 5.00% 50V C219 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C117 (KV-AR142M50/P52) C219 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C117 1-164-380-11 CERAMIC CHIP 51PF 5.00% 50V C219 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C117 (KV-AR142M90)
C117 1-162-924-11 CERAMIC CHIP 56PF 5.00% 50V C220 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C117 (KV-AR142M80) C231 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C232 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C118 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C234 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C118 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C235 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C118 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
C118 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C300 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C119 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C301 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C302 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C120 1-127-611-91 ELECT 470UF 20% 16V C303 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C120 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C304 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C120 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C120 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C308 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C131 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C311 1-127-652-91 ELECT 2.2UF 20% 50V
C131 (KV-AR142P52) C311 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C311 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C132 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C311 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C132 (KV-AR142P52)
C133 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C312 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C135 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C313 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C137 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C314 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C314 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C138 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C314 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V
C140 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C314 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C200 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 6.3V
C201 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 6.3V C316 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V
C202 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C317 1-127-609-91 ELECT 220UF 20% 16V
C317 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C203 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C317 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C204 1-137-190-91 FILM 0.22UF 5.00% 50V C317 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C205 1-127-651-91 ELECT 1UF 20% 50V
C205 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C318 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C205 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V C319 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V
C205 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C320 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V
C321 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C206 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C322 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C207 1-137-190-91 FILM 0.22UF 5.00% 50V
C208 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C323 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C209 1-127-651-91 ELECT 1UF 20% 50V C325 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
C209 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C328 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C333 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C209 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V C333 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C209 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C210 1-127-660-91 ELECT 100UF 20% 50V C333 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V
C210 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C333 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C210 1-126-968-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 50V C600 ! 1-119-895-51 CERAMIC 4700PF 20.00% 250V
C210 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C211 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V
– 62 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C602 ! 1-165-528-31 MYLAR 0.1UF 10 0V C670 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V
C605 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C672 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C678 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C606 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C680 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C609 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C682 1-115-466-91 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 16V
C610 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C611 1-117-751-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 220UF 20.00% 450V C685 1-127-609-91 ELECT 220UF 20% 16V
C612 1-117-623-21 FILM 1500PF 3.00% 1.2KV C685 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C612 (KV-AR142P52) C685 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C685 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C612 1-117-623-11 FILM 1500PF 3.00% 1.2KV C686 1-117-720-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7UF 10V
C612 (Except KV-AR142P52)
C616 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C805 1-127-651-91 ELECT 1UF 20% 50V
C619 1-130-491-91 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V C805 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C619 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C805 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V
C805 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C619 1-130-491-00 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V C806 1-106-375-12 MYLAR 0.022UF 5.00% 200V
C619 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C621 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V C807 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C622 ! 1-119-894-51 CERAMIC 2200PF 20.00% 250V C808 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220PF 10.00% 500V
C623 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V C809 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C623 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52) C810 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V
C811 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C623 1-162-967-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0033UF 10.00% 50V
C623 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) C822 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C624 1-127-658-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 50V C825 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C624 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C826 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
C624 1-126-967-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 50V C828 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C624 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C829 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C625 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V C830 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C626 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C831 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C628 1-117-768-91 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 2KV C832 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V
C630 1-127-645-11 ELECT 3300UF 20% 35V C833 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C630 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C835 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C630 1-128-549-11 ELECT 3300UF 20.00% 35V C836 1-162-131-11 CERAMIC 220PF 10.00% 2KV
C630 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C837 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C632 1-126-953-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 35V C838 1-100-499-21 MYLAR 0.1UF 5% 100V
C634 1-127-625-91 ELECT 470UF 20% 25V C838 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C634 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C838 1-106-220-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 10.00% 100V
C838 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C634 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 25V
C634 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C839 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V
C635 1-127-664-91 ELECT 470UF 20% 50V C840 ! 1-117-645-21 FILM 11000PF 3.00% 1.2KV
C635 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C841 1-117-661-71 FILM 0.15UF 5% 250V
C635 1-126-971-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 50V C842 1-100-123-21 FILM 0.033UF 5% 400V
C635 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C844 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V
C637 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C845 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C638 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C846 1-117-767-91 CERAMIC 330PF 10.00% 2KV
C639 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C847 1-107-364-11 MYLAR 0.01UF 10.00% 200V
C641 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C848 1-107-364-11 MYLAR 0.01UF 10.00% 200V
C643 1-117-720-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7UF 10V C849 1-106-375-12 MYLAR 0.022UF 5.00% 200V
C644 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C850 1-100-499-21 MYLAR 0.1UF 5% 100V
C647 1-127-611-91 ELECT 470UF 20% 16V C850 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C647 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C850 1-106-220-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 10.00% 100V
C647 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C850 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C647 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) C851 1-107-675-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 450V
C649 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C852 1-117-664-71 FILM 0.27UF 5% 250V
C652 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C854 1-127-636-91 ELECT 100UF 20% 35V
C653 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C854 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C654 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C854 1-126-948-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 35V
C657 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V C854 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C855 1-107-894-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 35V
C660 ! 1-165-529-31 MYLAR 0.22UF 10 0V
C857 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 25V
C662 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C858 1-137-194-81 FILM 0.47UF 5.00% 50V
C665 1-110-626-11 ELECT 330UF 20.00% 160V
C860 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V
C666 ! 1-165-528-31 MYLAR 0.1UF 10 0V C861 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 25V
C668 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
– 63 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C862 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V * CN601 1-691-134-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 2P
C863 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V * CN602 ! 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
C867 1-165-441-51 ELECT 33UF 20% 160V
C867 (KV-AR142M80/P52) * CN904 1-508-743-00 PIN, CONNECTOR 5P
C867 1-165-441-81 ELECT 33UF 20% 160V CT131 1-767-774-22 TRAP, CERAMIC
C867 (Except KV-AR142M80/P52) CT131 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M80/P52)
CT139 1-767-775-22 TRAP, CERAMIC
C868 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V CT139 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M80/P52)
C869 1-107-654-11 ELECT 33UF 20.00% 250V
C876 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C877 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V <DIODE>
C878 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
D002 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C882 1-106-371-00 MYLAR 0.015UF 99% 200V D003 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C883 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V D023 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
C900 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V D024 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
C901 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V D025 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
C902 1-127-648-91 ELECT 0.22UF 20% 50V
C902 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) D054 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D055 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
C902 1-126-957-11 ELECT 0.22UF 20.00% 50V D056 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C902 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) D057 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C903 1-127-611-91 ELECT 470UF 20% 16V D058 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C903 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
C903 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V D059 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C903 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) D060 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D061 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C905 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V D062 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
C906 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V D063 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C907 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C908 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V D064 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
C909 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V D065 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D066 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
C910 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D068 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
C911 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D071 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C912 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C913 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D072 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C914 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D074 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D075 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
C915 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D076 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C916 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D100 8-719-421-40 DIODE MA77 (Except KV-AR142P52)
C917 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C918 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V D103 8-759-157-40 IC UPC574J
C919 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V D108 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D109 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
C922 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D110 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C925 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D111 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C955 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V
C956 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V D200 8-719-062-51 DIODE 1PS226-115
C967 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V D201 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D202 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C975 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V D203 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C979 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V D204 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C1019 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V
C1233 1-127-652-91 ELECT 2.2UF 20% 50V D205 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C1233 (KV-AR142M50/M80) D208 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D211 8-719-062-51 DIODE 1PS226-115
C2602 1-102-114-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 50V D212 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C2631 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V D213 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C2636 1-127-666-91 ELECT 1000UF 20% 50V
C2636 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) D214 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C2636 1-126-972-11 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 50V D600 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C2636 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) D602 6-500-481-31 DIODE AM01AV1
D603 6-500-481-31 DIODE AM01AV1
C2648 1-126-952-11 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 35V D604 8-719-077-77 DIODE D3SB60F3
CF101 1-234-693-21 FILTER, BAND PASS (F5.74B) (KV-AR142P52)
D605 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2
D608 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2
<CONNECTOR> D608 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
D614 8-719-923-86 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15
* CN005 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P D614 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
* CN200 1-564-507-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 4P
* CN600 1-508-786-00 PIN, CONNECTOR (5MM PITCH) 2P D615 8-719-063-70 DIODE D1NL20U
D615 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
– 64 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
D617 6-500-567-11 DIODE 10ERB20-TA2B5 <FERRITE BEAD>
D618 8-719-063-70 DIODE D1NL20U
D619 6-500-567-11 DIODE 10ERB20-TA2B5 FB001 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH
FB101 1-414-229-11 FERRITE 0UH
D621 8-719-312-10 DIODE RU4AM-T3 FB603 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH
D622 8-719-085-37 DIODE 11EQS10-TB5 FB608 1-412-911-31 FERRITE 0UH
D623 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3 FB800 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH
D624 8-719-510-73 DIODE S3L20UF4
D629 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2 FB2607 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH
D633 8-719-923-86 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15
D635 8-719-083-57 DIODE UDZSTE-173.6B <FUSE HOLDER>
D637 8-719-072-70 DIODE MA2ZD14001S0
D638 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 FH601 1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V
D639 8-719-027-22 DIODE D3S6M-F FH602 1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V
D804 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D805 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 <IC>
D807 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D808 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 IC001 6-705-434-41 IC TDA12067H/N1B0B0QV
D809 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 IC001 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M80/P52)
IC001 6-705-434-61 IC TDA12067H/N1B0B0CL
D815 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B IC001 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
D816 8-719-081-00 DIODE BY228/A52A/ IC001 6-705-561-11 IC TDA12017H/N1B0B0QR (KV-AR142M90)
D817 8-719-971-66 DIODE RGP15J-6040G23
D818 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2 IC002 6-704-532-01 IC RPM7240-H5
D819 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3 IC003 6-705-864-01 IC CAT24WC16WI-TE13
IC200 6-703-475-01 IC AN5276T
D820 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D IC601 6-703-472-11 IC STR-F6264SLF1357
D821 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3 IC601 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52)
D823 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
D824 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z IC601 6-704-263-01 IC STR-F6267S LF1357
D827 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z IC601 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
IC602 6-706-789-01 IC KIA78R09API
D829 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B IC603 6-703-478-01 IC PQ018EF01SZH
D830 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 IC604 8-759-231-53 IC TA7805S
D900 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
D901 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B IC605 6-705-063-01 IC SE135N-LF38
D902 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B IC606 6-706-886-01 IC KIA78D33P1
IC607 8-759-832-05 IC BA18BC0FP-E2
D903 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B IC801 6-703-708-01 IC LM2903DT
D905 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B IC802 6-701-937-01 IC TJM4558CDT
D906 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D907 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B IC804 6-706-023-01 IC AN15524A
D908 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D909 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B <JACK>
D910 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D911 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B J200 1-770-786-22 JACK
D912 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B J900 1-694-242-11 TERMINAL, S
D913 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B J901 1-817-299-11 PHONO JACK 11P
J903 1-770-329-13 JACK, PIN 3P
D914 8-719-083-18 DIODE SPB-25MVWF
D915 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D916 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B <CHIP CONDUCTOR>
D918 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D931 8-719-083-57 DIODE UDZSTE-173.6B JR001 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR002 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D932 8-719-083-57 DIODE UDZSTE-173.6B JR003 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D2625 8-719-510-73 DIODE S3L20UF4 JR004 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR005 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
<DY CONNECTOR> JR007 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR008 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
* DY800 1-580-798-11 CONNECTOR PIN (DY) 6P JR009 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR012 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR013 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
<FUSE>
JR014 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F600 ! 1-576-232-12 FUSE 5A 250V JR015 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
(KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80/P52) JR016 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR017 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F600 ! 1-576-232-21 FUSE 5A 250V
JR018 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F600 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90)
– 65 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
JR019 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L600 1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47UH
JR020 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L601 1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47UH
JR024 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L602 1-412-529-11 INDUCTOR 22UH
JR025 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L800 1-424-795-11 COIL, HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
JR026 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L800 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80/P52)
JR027 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L800 1-456-847-11 COIL, HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
JR036 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L800 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90)
JR037 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L802 1-406-679-11 INDUCTOR 22MH
JR038 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L803 1-414-493-41 INDUCTOR 4.7MH
JR040 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L805 1-408-947-00 INDUCTOR 2.2MH
JR041 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L902 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
JR042 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L2601 1-412-525-31 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR043 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR046 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR047 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 <PHOTO COUPLER>
JR049 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 PH600 ! 6-600-187-11 PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22FZ0F
JR051 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR300 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR301 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 <IC LINK>
JR302 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
PS602 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V
JR600 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
PS603 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V
JR601 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
PS604 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V
JR602 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR1006 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 PS605 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V
JR1011 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 PS2601 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V
JR1012 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR1013 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 <TRANSISTOR>
JR1014 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR1100 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-AR142P52) Q001 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
JR1101 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 Q006 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216
Q007 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216
JR1110 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (Except KV-AR142M90) Q008 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
JR1903 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 Q010 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
Q013 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
<COIL> Q016 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
Q100 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L003 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q102 8-729-022-54 TRANSISTOR 2SC3779C,D-AA
L004 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH Q103 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216 (Except KV-AR142P52)
L005 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
L006 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q104 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216 (Except KV-AR142P52)
L007 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q111 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
Q200 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
L008 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q201 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
L009 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q202 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
L010 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
L011 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q206 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
L012 1-412-058-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q601 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
Q605 6-550-572-01 TRANSISTOR FN155
L013 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q606 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L031 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
L032 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q608 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L033 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
L035 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q609 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
Q803 8-729-326-11 TRANSISTOR 2SC2611
L036 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q804 6-550-362-01 TRANSISTOR KTA1279
L100 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH Q805 6-550-410-01 TRANSISTOR 2SC5885
L101 1-410-498-11 INDUCTOR 1.2UH Q806 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L102 1-410-985-42 INDUCTOR 0.22UH (KV-AR142M90)
L103 1-410-985-42 INDUCTOR 0.22UH Q807 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
L103 (KV-AR142M50/P52) Q808 8-729-053-33 TRANSISTOR IRF614-037
Q814 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L103 1-410-987-42 INDUCTOR 0.33UH Q900 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
L103 (KV-AR142M80/M90) Q901 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216
L105 1-410-993-42 INDUCTOR 1UH (KV-AR142P52)
L106 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH Q902 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216
L107 1-412-062-11 INDUCTOR 47UH Q8009 6-550-362-01 TRANSISTOR KTA1279
Q8010 8-729-326-11 TRANSISTOR 2SC2611
– 66 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
<RESISTOR> R131 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R131 (Except KV-AR142P52)
R001 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R002 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R146 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R003 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R146 (KV-AR142P52)
R004 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R147 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R010 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R147 (KV-AR142P52)
R148 1-211-969-11 METAL CHIP 10 0.50% 1/10W
R011 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R148 (KV-AR142P52)
R012 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R014 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R149 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R015 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R150 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R018 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R152 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R153 1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP 470 0.50% 1/10W
R020 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R153 (Except KV-AR142M90)
R021 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R023 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R154 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R024 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R155 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R025 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R200 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R201 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R026 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R202 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R029 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R030 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R203 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R038 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R204 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R039 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R205 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R207 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R041 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R208 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R042 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R044 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R045 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R211 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R046 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R212 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R213 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R048 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R051 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.50% 1/10W
R056 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R215 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R058 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R059 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R217 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W
R218 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R060 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R219 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W
R061 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
R087 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R088 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R221 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R096 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R234 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R235 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R097 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R098 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R099 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R237 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R100 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R103 1-211-981-11 METAL CHIP 33 0.50% 1/10W R241 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R242 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R106 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R300 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R107 1-216-828-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W
R108 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R302 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
R109 1-216-019-00 RES-CHIP 56 5% 1/10W R303 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
R110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R304 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W
R307 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
R111 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R309 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R111 (Except KV-AR142P52)
R112 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R310 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R112 (Except KV-AR142P52) R311 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R113 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R312 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R113 (Except KV-AR142P52) R313 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W
R314 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R114 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R114 (Except KV-AR142P52) R315 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R115 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R317 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R116 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R320 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R118 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R322 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R119 1-211-981-11 METAL CHIP 33 0.50% 1/10W R323 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R121 1-215-925-11 METAL OXIDE 22K 5% 3W R324 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R128 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R331 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R128 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) R336 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
– 67 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R337 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R631 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R338 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R634 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R635 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R339 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R340 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R636 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R341 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R638 1-202-962-11 CEMENTED 3.3 5% 10W
R355 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R638 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52)
R356 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R638 1-245-528-11 METAL 1.5 5% 10W
R638 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
R360 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R363 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R645 1-218-899-11 METAL CHIP 150K 0.50% 1/16W
R364 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R646 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.50% 1/10W
R377 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R647 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R379 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/10W R650 ! 1-240-917-91 METAL 8.2M 5% 1W
R655 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R380 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R384 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R656 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
R385 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R658 1-245-480-21 METAL 560K 1% 1/4W
R386 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R658 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52)
R392 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R658 1-245-464-21 METAL 120K 1% 1/4W
R658 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
R393 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R394 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R659 1-245-482-21 METAL 680K 1% 1/4W
R395 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R659 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52)
R397 1-216-125-00 RES-CHIP 1.5M 5% 1/10W R659 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W
R398 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R659 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
R660 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4W
R400 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W R660 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
R401 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W
R405 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W R661 1-245-480-21 METAL 560K 1% 1/4W
R406 1-260-127-11 CARBON 220K 5% 1/2W R661 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
R411 1-214-909-00 METAL 68K 1% 1/2W R667 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R668 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R412 1-214-773-00 METAL 68K 1% 1/4W R820 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R413 1-215-461-00 METAL 47K 1% 1/4W
R414 1-260-336-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/2W R821 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R416 1-260-107-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/2W R822 1-249-418-11 CARBON 1.2K 5% 1/4W
R420 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R823 1-245-468-21 METAL 180K 1% 1/4W
R824 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R421 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R825 1-243-608-71 METAL OXIDE 1.5K 5% 3W
R423 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R424 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R826 1-247-891-00 CARBON 330K 5% 1/4W
R602 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R827 1-243-542-71 METAL OXIDE 1.5 5% 2W
R609 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R828 1-243-608-71 METAL OXIDE 1.5K 5% 3W
R829 1-243-606-71 METAL OXIDE 1K 5% 3W
R612 1-215-429-00 METAL 2.2K 1% 1/4W R830 1-260-332-51 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/2W
R612 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52)
R612 1-215-425-00 METAL 1.5K 1% 1/4W R831 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R612 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) R833 1-260-125-11 CARBON 150K 5% 1/2W
R616 1-245-528-11 METAL 1.5 5% 10W R834 1-245-468-21 METAL 180K 1% 1/4W
R616 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) R835 1-260-125-11 CARBON 150K 5% 1/2W
R838 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
R618 1-249-432-11 CARBON 18K 5% 1/4W
R618 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) R839 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R619 1-216-363-21 METAL OXIDE 0.33 5% 2W R843 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R619 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52) R844 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R619 1-216-361-00 METAL OXIDE 0.22 5% 2W R846 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R619 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) R847 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R620 1-216-363-21 METAL OXIDE 0.33 5% 2W R851 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R620 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52) R852 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R620 1-216-362-21 METAL OXIDE 0.27 5% 2W R853 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.50% 1/10W
R620 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) R854 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.50% 1/10W
R621 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W R855 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W
R623 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.50% 1/10W R856 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R623 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) R859 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.50% 1/10W
R624 1-215-429-00 METAL 2.2K 1% 1/4W R861 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R625 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R864 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.50% 1/10W
R627 1-249-391-11 CARBON 6.8 5% 1/4W R865 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R627 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52)
R866 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W
R627 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W R868 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
R627 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80) R869 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
– 68 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R870 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.50% 1/10W R9005 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R871 1-215-863-11 METAL OXIDE 100 5% 1W R9017 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9018 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R872 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R9019 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R873 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R9020 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R876 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R877 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W R9021 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R878 1-216-349-00 METAL OXIDE 1 5% 1W R9022 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9023 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R879 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W R9025 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R880 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W R9026 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
R881 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R882 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R9027 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
R883 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W R9028 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9030 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R887 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R9031 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R888 1-218-887-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.50% 1/10W R9036 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R889 1-243-531-71 METAL OXIDE 100 5% 3W
R890 1-215-910-00 METAL OXIDE 68 5% 3W R9050 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R891 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W R9053 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R893 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R895 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.50% 1/10W <RELAY>
R902 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R904 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W RY600 ! 1-755-198-12 RELAY, AC POWER
R905 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R906 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W <SWITCH>
R907 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R908 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W S600 ! 1-786-649-12 SWITCH, AC POWER PUSH (KV-AR142P52)
R909 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
S600 ! 1-571-433-31 SWITCH, PUSH (AC POWER)
R910 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
(Except KV-AR142P52)
R911 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W S800 1-572-707-11 SWITCH, LEVER (KV-AR142P52)
R913 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W SWF100 1-781-042-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE
R914 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W SWF100 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia))
R915 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R916 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W SWF100 1-781-040-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (K082)
SWF100 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80/M90)
R917 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W SWF100 1-577-169-12 SAWF (KV-AR142P52)
R919 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W SWF101 1-767-302-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE
R920 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W SWF101 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80/M90)
R921 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R923 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
<TRANSFORMER>
R924 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R925 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W T600 ! 1-456-354-11 LINE FILTER COIL
R926 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W T602 ! 1-439-690-11 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (SRT)
R927 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W T602 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80)
R928 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W T602 ! 1-439-692-11 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (SRT)
T602 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90/P52)
R929 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R930 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R931 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W T603 ! 1-456-354-11 LINE FILTER COIL
R932 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 T800 1-437-936-21 FERRITE TRANSFORMER (HDT)
R933 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 T802 ! 1-453-309-21 TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK(NX-4450//M3A4)
R940 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R941 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W <THERMISTOR>
R944 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R945 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W THP600! 1-804-530-11 THERMISTOR, POSITIVE
R946 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W THP600 (Except KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
THP600! 1-805-568-11 PTC THERMISTOR (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
R989 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W TP02 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R990 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 TP03 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R2646 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
R2647 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W TP04 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
TP601 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R8009 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W TP602 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R8010 1-245-464-21 METAL 120K 1% 1/4W
R8011 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R8012 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R8013 1-245-462-21 METAL 100K 1% 1/4W
– 69 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
A C
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
<TUNER> <COIL>
TU102 1-693-659-11 TUNER L780 1-414-742-21 INDUCTOR 22UH
<VARISTOR> <RESISTOR>
VDR600 1-804-995-11 VARISTOR (KV-AR142M80/P52) R713 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
VDR600 1-804-995-21 VARISTOR (Except KV-AR142M80/P52) R752 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
R753 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
R754 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
<CRYSTAL> R756 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
X001 1-813-311-21 QUARTS CRYSTAL UNIT R757 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
X001 (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)/M80/P52) R758 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
X001 1-795-839-21 QUARTZ CRYSTAL UNIT R763 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
X001 (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90) R764 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
R765 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
R773 1-260-132-11 CARBON 560K 5% 1/2W
****************************************************************** R774 1-215-912-11 METAL OXIDE 150 5% 3W
R780 1-260-131-11 CARBON 470K 5% 1/2W
* A-1067-075-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), C R781 1-243-949-71 METAL OXIDE 0.47 5% 2W
(KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90) R783 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
* A-1073-205-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), C
(KV-AR142M50(Vietnam)) R794 1-249-377-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/4W
* A-1072-340-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), C (KV-AR142M80/P52) R795 1-260-352-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/2W
***********************
* 4-042-408-02 PIN(45), WIRE <VARIABLE RESISTOR>
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
RV750 1-241-656-21 RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M
RV750 (KV-AR142M80/P52)
<CAPACITOR> RV750 1-241-656-11 RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M
RV750 (Except KV-AR142M80/P52)
C751 1-107-961-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 250V
C752 1-115-350-51 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 2KV
C754 1-107-651-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 250V
C781 1-107-960-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 250V ********************************************************************
C782 1-102-074-00 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
<ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS>
C783 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V *******************************************
C786 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C787 1-164-645-11 CERAMIC 1000PF 10.00% 500V 1-417-151-22 CERAMIC MATCHING TRANSFORMER,
ANTENNA (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
2-177-708-12 CERAMIC MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
<CONNECTOR> (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
2-179-784-11 CERAMIC MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
* CN701 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P (KV-AR142M50(Malaysia))
* CN703 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P 2-177-799-11 CERAMIC MANUAL,INSTRUCTION
CN704 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) (KV-AR142M80)
CN705 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) 2-109-725-11 CERAMIC MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(KV-AR142M90)
<DIODE> 2-149-092-11 CERAMIC MANUAL ,INSTRUCTION
(KV-AR142P52)
D750 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D 1-754-114-11 CERAMIC ANTENNA, TELESCOPIC
D754 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
D755 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ * 2-177-943-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON
D756 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ (KV-AR142M50(Vietnam))
D780 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 * 4-095-989-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON
(KV-AR142M50(Malaysia)/M90)
D781 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 * 4-097-851-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-AR142M80/P52)
D782 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
* 4-095-990-02 CUSHION UPPER
* 4-095-991-01 CUSHION LOWER
<IC> * 4-392-859-01 CERAMIC BAG, PROTECTION
(KV-AR142M50(Malaysia/Vietnam)/M90)
IC751 6-703-482-01 IC TDA6108AJF/N1 * 4-058-239-01 CERAMIC BAG, PROTECTION
(KV-AR142M80/P52)
<JACK>
J751 ! 1-451-544-11 SOCKET, CRT
– 70 –
KV-AR142M50/AR142M80/AR142M90/AR142P52
RM-W101
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
******************************************************************
<REMOTE COMMANDER>
***********************
1-478-009-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-W101)
4-084-290-01 REMOTE COMMANDER BATTERY COVER
Sony Corporation
Sony EMCS (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. English
9-872-459-01 Visual Products 2004.7
– 71 –
2-177-708-12 (1)
Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain
it for future reference.
KV-AR212
KV-AR142
M50
© 2004 Sony Corporation
01GB01COV-Vtn.p65 1 6/11/04, 10:33 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the
TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus
shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.
Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.
01GB02WAR-Vtn.p65 2 6/11/04, 10:30 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
TV to rain or moisture. power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull
the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.
01GB02WAR-Vtn.p65 3 6/11/04, 10:30 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Securing the TV
B KV-AR212M50 only
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.
20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the
provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or
(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.
(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.
Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
01GB02WAR-Vtn.p65 4 6/11/04, 10:30 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Table of Contents
Installation Additional Information
Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting optional components ... 23
Setting up your TV Troubleshooting ................................. 25
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Specifications ...................... Back cover
Overview of Controls
TV top control, front and
rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10
GB
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12
Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 13
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 16
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 17
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 19
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 20
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 22
01GB03TOC-Vtn.p65 5 6/11/04, 10:39 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Installation
x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 23).
Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b
Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“ ” (“Initial Setup”) menu
(see page 7).
6 Installation
01GB04INS-Vtn.p65 6 6/11/04, 11:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, change
the order of TV channels that appear on the screen and adjust the picture position
using the buttons on the top control panel.
Tip
Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.
1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu
language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.
2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t
to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.
After all available channels have been tuned
Program:
and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System:
01
Auto
appears automatically on the screen. VHF Low
To skip automatic channel presetting, select
“No”, then press t.
If the message “No channel found. Please
connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.
3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you
to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel
1) Press 2+/– to select the program
number with the channel you wish
to rearrange, then press t.
continue
Installation 7
01GB04INS-Vtn.p65 7 6/11/04, 11:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
continued
The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting
Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2+/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position
selected channel, then press t.
3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.
4 Press 2 +/– to adjust the bars on the
top and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press t (KV-AR212M50
only).
If no adjustment is necessary, then press t.
5 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.
This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.
Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 13).
8 Installation
01GB04INS-Vtn.p65 8 6/11/04, 11:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Overview of Controls
x TV top control, front and rear panels
TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG
Overview of Controls
0 9 8 7 6
TV rear panel
1
Y
2
CB
L (MONO) R
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
TV front panel R R
2 qa
L (MONO) R
qf qd qs
5 4 32 1
Button/Terminal Function Page
1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 19
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 23
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 23
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 12
Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 23
qs T Monitor output terminal. 24
qd Component video input terminal. 24
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 23
Overview of Controls 9
01GB04INS-Vtn.p65 9 6/11/04, 11:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions
9 1
0 A/B
qa 2
qs
1 2 3
4 5 6
qd
7 8 9
0 3
PROG
qf 4
5
qg
MENU
qh 6
qj
7
qk 8
ql
TV
Button Description Page
1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
9 Mute the sound. –
0 Display on-screen information. –
qs t Select TV or video input. 23
qd 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qh Select surround mode options: –
(KV-AR212M50 only)
“TruSurround” (surround sound that spreads out to
the rear of a room), “WOW” (full, deep bass sound),
“Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound), “Off”.
(KV-AR142M50 only)
“SRS” (three dimensional surround), “Simulated”
(stereo-like monaural sound), “Off”.
10 Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-Vtn.p65 10 6/11/04, 11:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Button Description Page
qk Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
ql Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 15
Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 15
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 15
Timer operations
qf Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
qg Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
Stereo/bilingual operations
qa A/B Not function for your TV. –
WOW, TruSurround, SRS and symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. WOW,
TruSurround and SRS technologies are incorporated under license from SRS Labs,
Inc.
Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866.
“BBE” and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
Overview of Controls 11
01GB04INS-Vtn.p65 11 6/11/04, 11:39 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound
modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.
Selecting the picture mode
A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6
“Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG
“Soft” mild pictures.
MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 16).
TV
Selecting the sound mode
Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the
“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 18).
100 300 1k 3k 8k
12 Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-Vtn.p65 12 6/11/04, 10:34 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the menu system
The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.
Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup menu
Language: English
Timer icon Picture Rotation Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Wide Mode:
Video Label
Setup icon Menu level 2
Color System:
Menu level 1 Portable Audio Mode:
Select Confirm End
User Guidance
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 16
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”
“VM” Sharpen the edges of each object:
(KV-AR212M50 only) “High” t “Low” t “Off”
“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:
“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 17
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”
option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”
“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.
“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:
“On” t “Off”
“Surround” Select the surround mode:
(KV-AR212M50 only)
“TruSurround” t “WOW”t “Simulated”
t “Off”
(KV-AR142M50 only)
“SRS” t “Simulated” t “Off”
continue
Menu Adjustment 13
01GB05AVD-Vtn.p65 13 6/11/04, 10:34 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
continued
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 19
“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.
“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 20
“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.
“Program Label” Label the program number.
“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.
“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 22
“English” t “ ” (Vietnamese)
“Picture Rotation” Adjust the picture position.
(KV-AR212M50 only)
“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:
“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”
“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.
“Color System” Select the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t“NTSC3.58”
t“NTSC4.43”
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”
14 Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-Vtn.p65 14 6/11/04, 10:34 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
How to use the menu
PROG
Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
VM: High
MENU
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label
go to the next Program Block
Program Sorting
level.
Select Confirm End
Other menu operations
To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.
Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).
Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
Menu Adjustment 15
01GB05AVD-Vtn.p65 15 6/11/04, 10:34 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (
selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
VM: High
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“VM” sharpen the edges of each object.
(Velocity Modulation) Choose either “High”, “Low” or “Off”.
(KV-AR212M50 only)
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment”,
“Color Temperature” and “VM” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under
“Personal” mode
1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,
“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.
2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .
3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
16 Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-Vtn.p65 16 6/11/04, 10:34 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”
icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic
Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
“Surround” (KV-AR212M50 only)
choose either “TruSurround”, “WOW”,
“Simulated” or “Off” (see page 10).
(KV-AR142M50 only)
choose either “SRS”, “Simulated” or “Off”
(see page 10).
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 18).
Note
• “Intelligent Volume” is not selectable when “TruSurround” is selected.
continue
Menu Adjustment 17
01GB06ADJ-Vtn.p65 17 6/11/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
continued
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under
“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.
1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,
then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Select Confirm End
2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to
adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).
18 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-Vtn.p65 18 6/11/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),
then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .
Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .
“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.
Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.
Menu Adjustment 19
01GB06ADJ-Vtn.p65 19 6/11/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”
icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .
Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 21).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
“Program Block” block unwanted programs.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen (see
step 3 b) of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).
Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.
20 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-Vtn.p65 20 6/11/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Presetting channels manually
1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program
number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
TV System: B/G
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Skip: Off
Signal Booster: Auto
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End
2 Select the desired channel.
(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .
3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV
system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .
4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.
5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .
Menu Adjustment 21
01GB06ADJ-Vtn.p65 21 6/11/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, change the picture size, label the connected equipment, select the color
system and enjoy audio equipment sound.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon
( ), then press .
Setup
Language: English
Picture Rotation
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .
Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Vietnamese),
then press .
“Picture Rotation” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
(KV-AR212M50 only) Press B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .
“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).
“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game”
or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .
“Color System” select the color system.
Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.
“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers, while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.
22 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-Vtn.p65 22 6/11/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components
Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel
Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Video game
equipment
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Walkman
TV rear panel
1
Radio
Y
Antenna cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR Audio/Video cable
R R
(not supplied)
S Video cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Notes
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 21).
• When both (S video) and (video) for t 1 are connected at the same time,
(S video) is automatically selected. To view (video), disconnect the S video cable.
continue
Additional Information 23
01GB07ADJ-Vtn.p65 23 6/11/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
continued
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )
TV rear panel
1
Y
Audio system
CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
Audio/Video
R R
cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )
TV rear panel
1
Component video
Y
cable
(not supplied)
CB
L (MONO)
(MONO) L
CR
R R DVD player
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
24 Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-Vtn.p65 24 6/11/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 23
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 21
low. the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 21
the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 23
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
No sound
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.
continue
Additional Information 25
01GB08ADV-Vtn.p65 25 6/11/04, 10:37 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
continued
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10
No sound
No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 22
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound
Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –
stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.
Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –
“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 21
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is inappropriate. if it is in use.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 16
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 22
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical
–
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or • Display the “Setup” menu and adjust 22
the direction of the “Picture Rotation” so that the picture
Good mo earth’s magnetic field position is optimal (KV-AR212M50 only).
rning!
may affect the TV.
26 Additional Information
01GB08ADV-Vtn.p65 26 6/11/04, 10:37 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1 –
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.
The TV screen • The “Signal Booster”
sometimes goes is functioning to
blank for detect a weak signal.
slightly longer This does not –– –
than usual indicate a
during channel malfunction.
change.
TV cabinet • Changes in room
creaks. temperature
sometimes make the
TV cabinet expand or — –
contract, causing a
noise. This does not
indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. — –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.
Additional Information 27
01GB08ADV-Vtn.p65 27 6/11/04, 10:37 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
x Specifications
KV-AR212M50 KV-AR142M50 Note
Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 10 W + 10 W 3W+3W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(S Video) Input: 1 Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
unbalanced, sync negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in. 14 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 37 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 34 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 589 × 463 × 479 414 × 352 × 410
Mass (kg) 27 13
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Sony Corporation
28 Additional Information
01GB08ADV-Vtn.p65 28 6/11/04, 10:37 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G12 (GB)_2-177-708-12 (1)
2-179-784-11 (1)
Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and
retain it for future reference.
使用說明書 CT
• 使用本電視機之前請先詳細閱讀此手冊﹐並妥善保存以備日後用作參考。
Panduan Pengendalian MY
GB
• Sebelum mengendalikan unit, baca buku panduan ini dengan teliti
dan simpan untuk rujukan masa depan.
KV-AR212
KV-AR142 M61
M50
© 2004 Sony Corporation
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY) _2-179-784-11 (1)
WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 220 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the
TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus
shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.
Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.
01GB02WAR-MLY.p65 2 6/18/04, 9:28 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the
power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
TV to rain or moisture.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull
the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.
01GB02WAR-MLY.p65 3 6/18/04, 9:28 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Securing the TV
B KV-AR212M61 only
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.
20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the
provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or
(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.
(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.
Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
01GB02WAR-MLY.p65 4 6/18/04, 9:28 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Table of Contents
Installation Additional Information
Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting optional components ... 25
Setting up your TV Troubleshooting ................................. 27
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Specifications ...................... Back cover
Overview of Controls
TV top control, front and
rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10
GB
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12
Enjoying stereo or bilingual
programs (KV-AR212M61 only) ...... 13
Viewing Teletext
(KV-AR212M61 only) ........................ 14
Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 15
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 18
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 19
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 21
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 22
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 24
01GB03TOC-MLY.p65 5 6/18/04, 9:29 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Installation
x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 25).
Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b
Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).
6 Installation
01GB04INS-MLY.p65 6 6/18/04, 9:33 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, change
the order of TV channels that appear on the screen and adjust the picture position
using the buttons on the top control panel.
Tip
Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.
1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu
language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.
2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t
to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.
After all available channels have been tuned
Program: 01
and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System: Auto
VHF Low
appears automatically on the screen.
To skip automatic channel presetting, select
“No”, then press t.
If the message “No channel found. Please
connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.
3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you
to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel
1) Press 2 +/– to select the program
number with the channel you wish to
rearrange, then press t.
continue
Installation 7
01GB04INS-MLY.p65 7 6/18/04, 9:33 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
continued
The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting
Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2 +/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position
selected channel, then press t.
3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.
4 Press 2 +/– to adjust the bars on the top
and bottom of the menu if they are slanted,
then press t (KV-AR212M61 only).
If no adjustment is necessary, then press t.
5 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.
This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.
Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 15).
8 Installation
01GB04INS-MLY.p65 8 6/18/04, 9:33 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Overview of Controls
x TV top control, front and rear panels
TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG
Overview of Controls
0 9 8 7 6
TV rear panel
1
Y
2
CB
L (MONO) R
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
TV front panel R R
2 qa
L (MONO) R qf qd qs
5 4 32 1
Button/Terminal Function Page
1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 21
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 25
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 25
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 12
Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 25
qs T Monitor output terminal. 26
qd Component video input terminal. 26
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 25
Overview of Controls 9
01GB04INS-MLY.p65 9 6/18/04, 9:33 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions 0
qa 1
qs A/B
2
qd
1 2 3
4 5 6
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG
qg 4
5
qh
MENU
qj 6
qk
7
8
ql 9
w;
TV
wa
Button Description Page
1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
9 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
0 Display on-screen information. –
qa Mute the sound. –
qd t Select TV or video input. 25
qf 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qj Select surround mode options:
(KV-AR212M61 only)
“TruSurround” (surround sound that spreads out
to the rear of a room), “WOW” (full, deep bass
sound), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound), –
“Off”.
(KV-AR142M50 only)
“SRS” (threee dimensional surround), “Simulated”
(stereo-like monaural sound), “Off”.
10 Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-MLY.p65 10 6/18/04, 9:33 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Button Description Page
ql Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
w; Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 17
Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 17
qk V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 17
Timer operations
qg Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
qh Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
Teletext operations (green label)
(KV-AR212M61 only)
4 , Display the next or previous page. 14
8 Display Teletext broadcast. 14
0 Reveal concealed information. 14
qs Enlarge the Teletext display. 14
qd Stop Teletext display from scrolling. 14
qg Display Teletext service contents. 14
qh Show TV screen while waiting for Teletext page. 14
wa (red, green, Access a FASTEXT menu. 14
yellow, blue)
Stereo/bilingual operations
(KV-AR212M61 only)
qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode. 13
WOW, TruSurround, SRS and symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. WOW,
TruSurround and SRS technologies are incorporated under license from SRS Labs, Inc.
Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866.
“BBE” and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
Overview of Controls 11
01GB04INS-MLY.p65 11 6/18/04, 9:33 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound
modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.
Selecting the picture mode
A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6
“Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG
“Soft” mild pictures.
MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 18).
TV
Selecting the sound mode
Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the
“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 20).
100 300 1k 3k 8k
12 Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 12 6/18/04, 9:35 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs
B KV-AR212M61 only
You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of NICAM and A2 stereo
systems by using the A/B button.
When receiving a NICAM program
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A/B
A/B
NICAM NICAM t Mono
1 2 3
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
4 5 6
t
7 8 9
0 NICAM NICAM Main t NICAM Sub t Mono
PROG
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound) (Regular sound)
t
MENU
NICAM NICAM Main t Mono
monaural (Main sound) (Regular sound)
t
TV
When receiving an A2 program
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 Stereo t Mono
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
t
A2 Main t Sub
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound)
t
Note
• If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a stereo program, select “Mono”. The sound
becomes monaural but the noise is reduced.
Advanced Operations 13
01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 13 6/18/04, 9:35 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Viewing Teletext
B KV-AR212M61 only
Some TV stations broadcast an information service called Teletext which allows
you to receive various information, such as stock market reports and news.
You can use the buttons on the remote to view Teletext.
To Do this
display a Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
page on the screen changes as follows:
A/B
TV picture Teletext t Teletext and TV t TV.
1 2 3 If there is no Teletext broadcast, “100” is
4 5 6 displayed at the top left corner of the
7 8 9
screen.
0 check the contents Press .
PROG
of a Teletext service An overview of the Teletext contents,
including page numbers, appears on the
MENU
screen.
select a Teletext page Press the number buttons to enter the
three-digit page number of the desired
Teletext page. If you make a mistake,
(red, reenter the correct page number. To
green, access the next or previous page, press
yellow, TV or .
blue)
hold (pause) a Press to display the symbol “ ” at
Teletext display the top left corner of the screen. To
resume normal Teletext viewing, press
.
reveal concealed Press .
information (e.g., To conceal the information, press the
an answer to a quiz) button again.
enlarge the Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
display Teletext display changes as follows:
Enlarge upper half t Enlarge lower
half t Normal size.
stand by for a Teletext (1) Enter the Teletext page number that
page while watching you want to refer to, then press .
a TV program (2) When the page number is displayed,
press to show the text.
select a FASTEXT Press (red, green, yellow and blue)
menu or the colored that corresponds to the desired menu or
boxes page number.
turn off Teletext Press a.
Note
• The FASTEXT feature can be used only when the FASTEXT broadcast is available.
14 Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 14 6/18/04, 9:35 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the menu system
The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.
Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup menu
Language: English
Timer icon Picture Rotation Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Wide Mode:
Video Label
Setup icon Menu level 2
Color System:
Menu level 1 Portable Audio Mode:
Select Confirm End
User Guidance
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 18
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”
“VM” Sharpen the edges of each object:
(KV-AR212M61 only) “High” t “Low” t “Off”
“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:
“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 19
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”
option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”
“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.
“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:
“On” t “Off”
“Surround” Select the surround mode:
(KV-AR212M61 only)
“TruSurround” t “WOW”t “Simulated”
t “Off”
(KV-AR142M50 only)
“SRS” t “Simulated” t “Off”
continue
Menu Adjustment 15
01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 15 6/18/04, 9:35 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
continued
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 21
“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.
“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 22
“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.
“Program Label” Label the program number.
“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.
“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 24
“English” t “ ” (Chinese)
“Picture Rotation” Adjust the picture position.
(KV-AR212M61
only)
“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:
“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”
“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.
“Color System” Select the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t“NTSC3.58” t
“NTSC4.43”
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”
16 Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 16 6/18/04, 9:35 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
How to use the menu
0
PROG
Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
MENU VM: High
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label
go to the next Program Block
level. Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
Other menu operations
To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.
Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).
Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
Menu Adjustment 17
01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 17 6/18/04, 9:35 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (
selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
VM: High
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“VM” sharpen the edges of each object.
(Velocity Modulation) Choose either “High”, “Low” or “Off”.
(KV-AR212M61 only)
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment”,
“Color Temperature” and “VM” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under
“Personal” mode
1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,
“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.
2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .
3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
18 Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 18 6/18/04, 9:35 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”
icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic
Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
“Surround” (KV-AR212M61 only)
choose either “TruSurround”, “WOW”,
“Simulated” or “Off” (see page 10).
(KV-AR142M50 only)
choose either “SRS”, “Simulated” or “Off”
(see page 10).
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 20).
Note
• “Intelligent Volume” is not selectable when “TruSurround” is selected.
continue
Menu Adjustment 19
01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 19 6/18/04, 9:36 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
continued
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under
“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.
1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,
then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Select Confirm End
2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to
adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).
20 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 20 6/18/04, 9:36 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),
then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .
Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .
“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.
Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.
Menu Adjustment 21
01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 21 6/18/04, 9:36 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”
icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .
Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 23).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
“Program Block” block unwanted programs.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen (see
step 3 b) of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).
Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.
22 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 22 6/18/04, 9:36 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Presetting channels manually
1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program
number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
TV System: B/G
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Skip:
Signal Booster:
Off
Auto
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End
2 Select the desired channel.
(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .
3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV
system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .
4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.
5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .
Menu Adjustment 23
01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 23 6/18/04, 9:36 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, change the picture size, label the connected equipment, select the color
system and enjoy audio equipment sound.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon
( ), then press .
Setup
Language: English
Picture Rotation
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .
Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Chinese), then press
.
“Picture Rotation” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
(KV-AR212M61 Press B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .
only)
“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).
“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game”
or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .
“Color System” select the color system.
Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.
“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers, while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.
24 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 24 6/18/04, 9:36 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components
Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel
Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Video game
equipment
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Walkman
TV rear panel
1
Radio
Y
Antenna cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR Audio/Video cable
R R
(not supplied)
S Video cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Notes
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 23).
• When both (S video) and (video) for t 1 are connected at the same time,
(S video) is automatically selected. To view (video), disconnect the S video cable.
continue
Additional Information 25
01GB07ADJ-MLY.p65 25 6/18/04, 9:37 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
continued
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )
TV rear panel
1
Y
Audio system
CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
Audio/Video
R R
cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )
TV rear panel
1
Component video
Y
cable
(not supplied)
CB
L (MONO)
(MONO) L
CR
R R DVD player
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
26 Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-MLY.p65 26 6/18/04, 9:37 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 23
low. the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 25
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
No sound off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.
continue
Additional Information 27
01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 27 6/18/04, 9:38 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
continued
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10
No sound
No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 24
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound
–
Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other
stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.
Double images or • Broadcast signals are –
• Use a highly directional antenna.
“ghosts”
reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 23
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is inappropriate. if it is in use.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 18
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 24
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical –
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or • Display the “Setup” menu and adjust 24
the direction of the “Picture Rotation” so that the picture
Good mo earth’s magnetic field position is optimal (KV-AR212M61 only).
rning!
may affect the TV.
28 Additional Information
01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 28 6/18/04, 9:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
TV cannot receive • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
stereo broadcast or the cable is damaged. on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
sound.
–
or • The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Stereo broadcast
sound switches
on and off or is
distorted.
(KV-AR212M61 only)
“100” appears at • The channel carries
the top left of no Teletext
screen and there 14
broadcast. ––
is no teletext
display
(KV-AR212M61 only).
Teletext display is • Connection is loose or • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
incomplete (snowy the cable is damaged. on the TV, VCR, and at the wall.
picture or double
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
images)
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
(KV-AR212M61 only).
• Signal transmission • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
is too low. set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 23
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1 –
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.
The TV screen • The “Signal Booster”
sometimes goes is functioning to
blank for detect a weak signal.
slightly longer This does not –– –
than usual indicate a
during channel malfunction.
change.
continue
Additional Information 29
01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 29 6/18/04, 9:38 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
continued
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
TV cabinet • Changes in room
creaks. temperature sometimes —
make the TV cabinet –
expand or contract,
causing a noise. This
does not indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. — –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.
30 Additional Information
01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 30 6/18/04, 9:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
x Specifications
KV-AR212M61 KV-AR142M50 Note
Power requirements 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Stereo/Bilingual system NICAM Stereo/Bilingual B/G, I; A2 Stereo/Bilingual B/G KV-AR212M61 only
Teletext language English, French KV-AR212M61 only
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 10 W + 10 W 3W+3W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(S Video) Input: 1 Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
unbalanced, sync negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in. 14 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 37 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 34 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 589 × 463 × 479 414 × 352 × 410
Mass (kg) 27 13
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Sony Corporation
Additional Information 31
01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 31 6/18/04, 9:38 AM
Black Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G1 (GB, CT, MY)_2-179-784-11 (1)
2-177-799-11 (1)
Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain
it for future reference.
KV-AR212
KV-AR142 M83
© 2004 Sony Corporation
M80
01GB01COV-STTId.p65 1 6/24/04, 10:54 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the
TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus
shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.
Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.
01GB02WAR-STTId.p65 2 6/24/04, 10:51 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
TV to rain or moisture. power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull
the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.
01GB02WAR-STTId.p65 3 6/24/04, 10:51 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Securing the TV
B KV-AR212M83 only
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.
20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the
provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or
(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.
(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.
Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
01GB02WAR-STTId.p65 4 6/24/04, 10:51 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Table of Contents
Installation Additional Information
Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting optional components ... 23
Setting up your TV Troubleshooting ................................. 25
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Specifications ...................... Back cover
Overview of Controls
TV top control, front and
rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10
GB
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12
Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 13
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 16
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 17
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 19
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 20
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 22
01GB03TOC-STTId.p65 5 6/24/04, 10:53 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Installation
x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 23).
Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b
Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).
6 Installation
01GB04INS-STTId.p65 6 6/24/04, 10:49 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically and
change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen using the buttons on the
top control panel.
Tip
Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.
1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu
language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.
2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t
to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.
After all available channels have been tuned
Program: 01
and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System: Auto
appears automatically on the screen. VHF Low
To skip automatic channel presetting, select
“No”, then press t.
If the message “No channel found. Please
connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.
3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you
to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel
1) Press 2+/– to select the program
number with the channel you wish
to rearrange, then press t.
continue
Installation 7
01GB04INS-STTId.p65 7 6/24/04, 10:49 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
continued
The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting
Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2+/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position
selected channel, then press t.
3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.
4 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.
This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.
Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 13).
8 Installation
01GB04INS-STTId.p65 8 6/24/04, 10:49 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Overview of Controls
x TV top control, front and rear panels
TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG
Overview of Controls
0 9 8 7 6
TV rear panel
1
Y
2
CB
L (MONO) R
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
TV front panel R R
2 qa
L (MONO) R
qf qd qs
5 4 32 1
Button/Terminal Function Page
1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 19
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 23
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 23
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 12
Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 23
qs T Monitor output terminal. 24
qd Component video input terminal. 24
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 23
Overview of Controls 9
01GB04INS-STTId.p65 9 6/24/04, 10:49 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions
9 1
0 A/B
qa 2
qs
1 2 3
4 5 6
qd
7 8 9
0 3
PROG
qf 4
5
qg
MENU
qh 6
qj
7
qk 8
ql
TV
Button Description Page
1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
9 Mute the sound. –
0 Display on-screen information. –
qs t Select TV or video input. 23
qd 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qh Select surround mode options: –
(KV-AR212M83 only)
“TruSurround” (surround sound that spreads out to
the rear of a room), “WOW” (full, deep bass sound),
“Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound), “Off”.
(KV-AR142M80 only)
“SRS” (three dimensional surround), “Simulated”
(stereo-like monaural sound), “Off”.
10 Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-STTId.p65 10 6/24/04, 10:49 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Button Description Page
qk Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
ql Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 15
Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 15
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 15
Timer operations
qf Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
qg Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
Stereo/bilingual operations
qa A/B Not function for your TV. –
WOW, TruSurround, SRS and symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. WOW,
TruSurround and SRS technologies are incorporated under license from SRS Labs,
Inc.
Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866.
“BBE” and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
Overview of Controls 11
01GB04INS-STTId.p65 11 6/24/04, 10:49 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound
modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.
Selecting the picture mode
A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6
“Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG
“Soft” mild pictures.
MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 16).
TV
Selecting the sound mode
Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the
“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 18).
100 300 1k 3k 8k
12 Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-STTId.p65 12 6/24/04, 10:42 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the menu system
The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.
Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup menu
Language: English
Timer icon
Wide Mode: Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Video Label
Setup icon Color System:
Portable Audio Mode: Menu level 2
Menu level 1
Select Confirm End
User Guidance
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 16
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”
“VM” Sharpen the edges of each object:
(KV-AR212M83 only) “High” t “Low” t “Off”
“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:
“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 17
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”
option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”
“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.
“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:
“On” t “Off”
“Surround” Select the surround mode:
(KV-AR212M83 only)
“TruSurround” t “WOW”t “Simulated”
t “Off”
(KV-AR142M80 only)
“SRS” t “Simulated” t “Off”
continue
Menu Adjustment 13
01GB05AVD-STTId.p65 13 6/24/04, 10:42 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
continued
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 19
“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.
“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 20
“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.
“Program Label” Label the program number.
“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.
“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 22
“English” t “ ” (Arabic)
“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:
“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”
“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.
“Color System” Select the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t“NTSC3.58”
t“NTSC4.43”
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”
14 Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-STTId.p65 14 6/24/04, 10:42 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
How to use the menu
PROG
Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
VM: High
MENU
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label
go to the next Program Block
Program Sorting
level.
Select Confirm End
Other menu operations
To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.
Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).
Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
Menu Adjustment 15
01GB05AVD-STTId.p65 15 6/24/04, 11:20 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (
selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
VM: High
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“VM” sharpen the edges of each object.
(Velocity Modulation) Choose either “High”, “Low” or “Off”.
(KV-AR212M83 only)
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment”,
“Color Temperature” and “VM” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under
“Personal” mode
1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,
“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.
2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .
3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
16 Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-STTId.p65 16 6/24/04, 10:42 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”
icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic
Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
“Surround” (KV-AR212M83 only)
choose either “TruSurround”, “WOW”,
“Simulated” or “Off” (see page 10).
(KV-AR142M80 only)
choose either “SRS”, “Simulated” or “Off”
(see page 10).
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 18).
Note
• “Intelligent Volume” is not selectable when “TruSurround” is selected.
continue
Menu Adjustment 17
01GB06ADJ-STTId.p65 17 6/24/04, 10:41 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
continued
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under
“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.
1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,
then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Select Confirm End
2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to
adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).
18 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STTId.p65 18 6/24/04, 10:41 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),
then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .
Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .
“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.
Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.
Menu Adjustment 19
01GB06ADJ-STTId.p65 19 6/24/04, 10:41 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”
icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .
Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 21).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
“Program Block” block unwanted programs.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen (see
step 3 b) of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).
Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.
20 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STTId.p65 20 6/24/04, 10:41 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Presetting channels manually
1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program
number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
TV System: B/G
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Skip: Off
Signal Booster: Auto
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End
2 Select the desired channel.
(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .
3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV
system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .
4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.
5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .
Menu Adjustment 21
01GB06ADJ-STTId.p65 21 6/24/04, 10:41 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, change the picture
size, label the connected equipment, select the color system and enjoy audio
equipment sound.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon
( ), then press .
Setup
Language: English
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .
Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Arabic), then press
.
“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).
“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game”
or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .
“Color System” select the color system.
Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.
“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers, while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.
22 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STTId.p65 22 6/24/04, 10:41 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components
Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel
Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Video game
equipment
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Walkman
TV rear panel
1
Radio
Y
Antenna cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR Audio/Video cable
R R
(not supplied)
S Video cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Notes
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 21).
• When both (S video) and (video) for t 1 are connected at the same time,
(S video) is automatically selected. To view (video), disconnect the S video cable.
continue
Additional Information 23
01GB07ADJ-STTId.p65 23 6/24/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
continued
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )
TV rear panel
1
Y
Audio system
CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
Audio/Video
R R
cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )
TV rear panel
1
Component video
Y
cable
(not supplied)
CB
L (MONO)
(MONO) L
CR
R R DVD player
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
24 Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-STTId.p65 24 6/24/04, 10:38 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 23
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 21
low. the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 21
the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 23
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
No sound
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.
continue
Additional Information 25
01GB08ADV-STTId.p65 25 6/24/04, 10:37 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
continued
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10
No sound
No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 22
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound
Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –
stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.
Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –
“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 21
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is inappropriate. if it is in use.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 16
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 22
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical
–
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or
the direction of the
Good mo
rning!
earth’s magnetic field
may affect the TV.
26 Additional Information
01GB08ADV-STTId.p65 26 6/24/04, 10:37 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1 –
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.
The TV screen • The “Signal Booster”
sometimes goes is functioning to
blank for detect a weak signal.
slightly longer This does not –– –
than usual indicate a
during channel malfunction.
change.
TV cabinet • Changes in room
creaks. temperature
sometimes make the
TV cabinet expand or — –
contract, causing a
noise. This does not
indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. — –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.
Additional Information 27
01GB08ADV-STTId.p65 27 6/24/04, 10:37 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
x Specifications
KV-AR212M83 KV-AR142M80 Note
Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 10 W + 10 W 3W+3W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(S Video) Input: 1 Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
unbalanced, sync negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in. 14 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 37 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 34 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 589 × 463 × 479 414 × 352 × 410
Mass (kg) 27 13
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Sony Corporation
28 Additional Information
01GB08ADV-STTId.p65 28 6/24/04, 10:37 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M83 Group G6 (GB)_2-177-799-11 (1)
2-109-725-11 (1)
Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and
retain it for future reference.
使用說明書 CT
• 使用本電視機之前請先詳細閱讀此手冊﹐並妥善保存以備日後用作參考。
使用说明书 CS
• 使用本电视机之前请详细阅读此手册、并妥善保存以备日后用作参考。
KV-AR212
KV-AR142
M90
© 2004 Sony Corporation
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 220 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the
TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus
shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.
Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
TV to rain or moisture. power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull
the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Securing the TV
B KV-AR212M90 only
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.
20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the
provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or
(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.
(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.
Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Table of Contents
Installation Additional Information
Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting optional components ... 24
Setting up your TV Troubleshooting ................................. 26
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Specifications ...................... Back cover
Overview of Controls
TV top control, front and
rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10
GB
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12
Enjoying stereo or bilingual
programs ............................................. 13
Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 14
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 17
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 18
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 20
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 21
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 23
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Installation
x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 24).
Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b
Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).
6 Installation
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, change
the order of TV channels that appear on the screen and adjust the picture position
using the buttons on the top control panel.
Tip
Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.
1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu
language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.
2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t
to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.
After all available channels have been tuned Start auto program now?
and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu Program:
TV System:
01
Auto
appears automatically on the screen. VHF Low
To skip automatic channel presetting, select
“No”, then press t.
Start auto program now?
If the message “No channel found. Please
connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.
3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you
to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel
1) Press 2+/– to select the program
number with the channel you wish
to rearrange, then press t.
continue
Installation 7
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
continued
The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting
Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2+/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position
selected channel, then press t.
3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.
4 Press 2 +/– to adjust the bars on the
top and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press t (KV-AR212M90
only).
If no adjustment is necessary, then press t.
5 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.
This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.
Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 14).
8 Installation
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Overview of Controls
x TV top control, front and rear panels
TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG
Overview of Controls
0 9 8 7 6
TV rear panel
1
Y
2
CB
L (MONO) R
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
TV front panel R R
2 qa
L (MONO) R
qf qd qs
5 4 32 1
Button/Terminal Function Page
1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 20
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 24
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 24
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 12
Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 24
qs T Monitor output terminal. 25
qd Component video input terminal. 25
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 24
Overview of Controls 9
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions
9 1
0 A/B
qa 2
qs
1 2 3
4 5 6
qd
7 8 9
0 3
PROG
qf 4
5
qg
MENU
qh 6
qj
7
qk 8
ql
TV
Button Description Page
1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
9 Mute the sound. –
0 Display on-screen information. –
qs t Select TV or video input. 24
qd 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qh Select surround mode options: –
(KV-AR212M90 only)
“TruSurround” (surround sound that spreads out to
the rear of a room), “WOW” (full, deep bass sound),
“Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound), “Off”.
(KV-AR142M90 only)
“SRS” (three dimensional surround), “Simulated”
(stereo-like monaural sound), “Off”.
10 Overview of Controls
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Button Description Page
qk Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
ql Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 16
Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 16
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 16
Timer operations
qf Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
qg Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
Stereo/bilingual operations
qa A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode. 13
WOW, TruSurround, SRS and symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. WOW,
TruSurround and SRS technologies are incorporated under license from SRS Labs,
Inc.
Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866.
“BBE” and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
Overview of Controls 11
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound
modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.
Selecting the picture mode
A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6
“Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG
“Soft” mild pictures.
MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 17).
TV
Selecting the sound mode
Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the
“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 19).
100 300 1k 3k 8k
12 Advanced Operations
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs
You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of NICAM and A2 stereo
systems by using the A/B button.
When receiving a NICAM program
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A/B
A/B
NICAM NICAM t Mono
1 2 3
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
4 5 6
t
7 8 9
0 NICAM NICAM Main t NICAM Sub t Mono
PROG
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound) (Regular sound)
t
MENU
NICAM NICAM Main t Mono
monaural (Main sound) (Regular sound)
t
TV
When receiving an A2 program
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 Stereo t Mono
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
t
A2 Main t Sub
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound)
t
Notes
• If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a stereo program, select “Mono”. The sound
becomes monaural but the noise is reduced.
• Before receiving a NICAM stereo program in China, please check the NICAM broadcast
condition in your area. When receiving a NICAM stereo program, the receiving conditions
might vary depending on area. In addition, different strength of the NICAM broadcast signal
might affect the receiving quality.
Advanced Operations 13
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the menu system
The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.
Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup menu
Language: English
Timer icon Picture Rotation Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Wide Mode:
Video Label
Setup icon Menu level 2
Color System:
Menu level 1 Portable Audio Mode:
Select Confirm End
User Guidance
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 17
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”
“VM” Sharpen the edges of each object:
(KV-AR212M90 only) “High” t “Low” t “Off”
“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:
“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 18
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”
option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”
“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.
“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:
“On” t “Off”
“Surround” Select the surround mode:
(KV-AR212M90 only)
“TruSurround” t “WOW”t “Simulated”
t “Off”
(KV-AR142M90 only)
“SRS” t “Simulated” t “Off”
14 Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 20
“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.
“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 21
“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.
“Program Label” Label the program number.
“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.
“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 23
“English” t “ ” (Chinese)
“Picture Rotation” Adjust the picture position.
(KV-AR212M90 only)
“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:
“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”
“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.
“Color System” Select the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t“NTSC3.58” t
“NTSC4.43”
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”
continue
Menu Adjustment 15
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
continued
How to use the menu
PROG
Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
VM: High
MENU
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label
go to the next Program Block
Program Sorting
level.
Select Confirm End
Other menu operations
To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.
Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).
Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
16 Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (
selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
VM: High
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“VM” sharpen the edges of each object.
(Velocity Modulation) Choose either “High”, “Low” or “Off”.
(KV-AR212M90 only)
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment”,
“Color Temperature” and “VM” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under
“Personal” mode
1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,
“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.
2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .
3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
Menu Adjustment 17
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”
icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic
Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
“Surround” (KV-AR212M90 only)
choose either “TruSurround”, “WOW”,
“Simulated” or “Off” (see page 10).
(KV-AR142M90 only)
choose either “SRS”, “Simulated” or “Off”
(see page 10).
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 19).
Note
• “Intelligent Volume” is not selectable when “TruSurround” is selected.
18 Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under
“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.
1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,
then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Select Confirm End
2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to
adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).
Menu Adjustment 19
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),
then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .
Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .
“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.
Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.
20 Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”
icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .
Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 22).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
“Program Block” block unwanted programs.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen (see
step 3 b) of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).
Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.
continue
Menu Adjustment 21
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
continued
Presetting channels manually
1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program
number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
TV System: B/G
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Skip: Off
Signal Booster: Auto
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End
2 Select the desired channel.
(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .
3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV
system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .
4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.
5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .
22 Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, change the picture size, label the connected equipment, select the color
system and enjoy audio equipment sound.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon
( ), then press .
Setup
Language: English
Picture Rotation
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .
Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Chinese), then press
.
“Picture Rotation” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
(KV-AR212M90 only) Press B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .
“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).
“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game”
or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .
“Color System” select the color system.
Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.
“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers, while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.
Menu Adjustment 23
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components
Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel
Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Video game
equipment
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Walkman
TV rear panel
1
Radio
Y
Antenna cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR Audio/Video cable
R R
(not supplied)
S Video cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Notes
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 22).
• When both (S video) and (video) for t 1 are connected at the same time,
(S video) is automatically selected. To view (video), disconnect the S video cable.
24 Additional Information
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )
TV rear panel
1
Y
Audio system
CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
Audio/Video
R R
cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )
TV rear panel
1
Component video
Y
cable
(not supplied)
CB
L (MONO)
(MONO) L
CR
R R DVD player
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Additional Information 25
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 24
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 22
low. the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 22
the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 24
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
No sound • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.
26 Additional Information
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10
No sound
No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 23
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound
Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –
stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.
Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –
“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 22
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is inappropriate. if it is in use.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 17
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 23
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical
–
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or • Display the “Setup” menu and adjust 23
the direction of the “Picture Rotation” so that the picture
Good mo earth’s magnetic field position is optimal (KV-AR212M90 only).
rning!
may affect the TV.
continue
Additional Information 27
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
continued
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
TV cannot receive • The connection is • Check the antenna cable and connection 24
stereo broadcast loose or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
sound. damaged.
or • The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Stereo broadcast
sound switches
on and off or is
distorted.
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1 –
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.
The TV screen • The “Signal Booster”
sometimes goes is functioning to
blank for detect a weak signal. –– –
slightly longer This does not
than usual indicate a
during channel malfunction.
change.
TV cabinet • Changes in room
creaks. temperature
sometimes make the
TV cabinet expand or — –
contract, causing a
noise. This does not
indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s
sound is heard demagnetizing
when the TV is function is working. — –
turned on. This does not indicate
a malfunction.
28 Additional Information
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
x Specifications
KV-AR212M90 KV-AR142M90 Note
Power requirements 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Stereo/Bilingual system NICAM Stereo/Bilingual B/G, I; A2 Stereo/Bilingual B/G
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 10 W + 10 W 3W+3W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(S Video) Input: 1 Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
unbalanced, sync negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in. 14 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 37 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 34 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 589 × 463 × 479 414 × 352 × 410
Mass (kg) 27 13
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Sony Corporation
Additional Information 29
Sony KV-AR212M90 Group G8 (GB, CT, CS)_2-109-725-11 (1)
2-149-092-11 (2)
Trinitron Color TV
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ ’ Trinitron
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain
it for future reference.
§ŸË¡◊Õ°“√„™Èß“π ‰∑¬
• °ËÕπ‡√‘Ë¡°“√„™Èß“π°√ÿ≥“ÕË“π§ŸË¡◊Õπ’È‚¥¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑—ÈßÀ¡¥·≈–‡°Á∫√—°…“§ŸË¡◊Õ‰«È
”À√—∫ÕÈ“ßÕ‘ß„π‚Õ°“ µËÕʉª
KV-AR212
KV-AR142 M61
© 2004 Sony Corporation
P52
01GB01COV-STTThai.p65 1 1/7/04, 11:00 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 220 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the
TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus
shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.
Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.
01GB02WAR-STTThai.p65 2 1/7/04, 11:00 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the
power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
TV to rain or moisture.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull
the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.
01GB02WAR-STTThai.p65 3 1/7/04, 11:00 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Securing the TV
B KV-AR212M61 only
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.
20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the
provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or
(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.
(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.
Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
01GB02WAR-STTThai.p65 4 1/7/04, 11:00 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Table of Contents
Installation Additional Information
Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting optional components ... 25
Setting up your TV Troubleshooting ................................. 27
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Specifications ...................................... 31
Overview of Controls
TV top control, front and
rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10
GB
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12
Enjoying stereo or bilingual
programs ............................................. 13
Viewing Teletext
(KV-AR212M61 only) ........................ 14
Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 15
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 18
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 19
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 21
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 22
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 24
01GB03TOC-STTThai.p65 5 1/7/04, 11:01 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Installation
x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 25).
Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b
Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).
6 Installation
01GB04INS-STTThai.p65 6 1/7/04, 11:01 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, change
the order of TV channels that appear on the screen and adjust the picture position
using the buttons on the top control panel.
Tip
Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.
1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu
language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.
2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t
to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress (“TV System” is
available for KV-AR212M61 only).
After all available channels have been tuned Program: 01
and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System:
VHF Low
Auto
appears automatically on the screen.
To skip automatic channel presetting, select
“No”, then press t.
If the message “No channel found. Please
connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.
3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you
to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
Program Sorting
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program:
01
tuned order, press MENU. 02
03
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 04
Select channel
different order:
1) Press 2 +/– to select the program
number with the channel you wish to
rearrange, then press t. continue
Installation 7
01GB04INS-STTThai.p65 7 1/7/04, 11:01 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
continued
The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting
Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2 +/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position
selected channel, then press t.
3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.
4 Press 2 +/– to adjust the bars on the top
and bottom of the menu if they are slanted,
then press t (KV-AR212M61 only).
If no adjustment is necessary, then press t.
5 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.
This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.
Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 15).
8 Installation
01GB04INS-STTThai.p65 8 1/7/04, 11:01 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Overview of Controls
x TV top control, front and rear panels
TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG
Overview of Controls
0 9 8 7 6
TV rear panel
1
Y
2
CB
L (MONO) R
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
TV front panel R R
2 qa
L (MONO) R qf qd qs
5 4 32 1
Button/Terminal Function Page
1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 21
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 25
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 25
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 12
Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 25
qs T Monitor output terminal. 26
qd Component video input terminal. 26
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 25
Overview of Controls 9
01GB04INS-STTThai.p65 9 1/7/04, 11:01 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions 0
qa 1
qs A/B
2
qd
1 2 3
4 5 6
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG
qg 4
5
qh
MENU
qj 6
qk
7
8
ql 9
w;
TV
wa
Button Description Page
1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
9 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
0 Display on-screen information. –
qa Mute the sound. –
qd t Select TV or video input. 25
qf 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qj Select surround mode options:
(KV-AR212M61 only)
“TruSurround” (surround sound that spreads out
to the rear of a room), “WOW” (full, deep bass
sound), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound), –
“Off”.
(KV-AR142P52 only)
“SRS” (three dimensional surround), “Simulated”
(stereo-like monaural sound), “Off”.
10 Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-STTThai.p65 10 1/7/04, 11:01 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Button Description Page
ql Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
w; Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 17
Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 17
qk V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 17
Timer operations
qg Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
qh Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
Teletext operations (green label)
(KV-AR212M61 only)
4 , Display the next or previous page. 14
8 Display Teletext broadcast. 14
0 Reveal concealed information. 14
qs Enlarge the Teletext display. 14
qd Stop Teletext display from scrolling. 14
qg Display Teletext service contents. 14
qh Show TV screen while waiting for Teletext page. 14
wa (red, green, Access a FASTEXT menu. 14
yellow, blue)
Stereo/bilingual operations
qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode. 13
WOW, TruSurround, SRS and symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. WOW,
TruSurround and SRS technologies are incorporated under license from SRS Labs, Inc.
Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866.
“BBE” and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
Overview of Controls 11
01GB04INS-STTThai.p65 11 1/7/04, 11:01 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound
modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.
Selecting the picture mode
A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6
“Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG
“Soft” mild pictures.
MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 18).
TV
Selecting the sound mode
Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the
“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 20).
100 300 1k 3k 8k
12 Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-STTThai.p65 12 1/7/04, 11:02 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs
You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of NICAM and A2 stereo
systems by using the A/B button (KV-AR212M61 only).
You can choose the sound of programs which are broadcast with the A2
bilingual system (KV-AR142P52 only).
Viewing a stereo or bilingual program
B KV-AR212M61 only
A/B
A/B When receiving a NICAM program
1 2 3
4 5 6 Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
7 8 9 NICAM NICAM t Mono
0 stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
PROG
t
MENU
NICAM NICAM Main t NICAM Sub t Mono
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound) (Regular sound)
t
NICAM NICAM Main t Mono
monaural (Main sound) (Regular sound)
t
TV
When receiving an A2 program
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 Stereo t Mono
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
t
A2 Main t Sub
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound)
t
Note
• If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a stereo program, select “Mono”. The sound
becomes monaural but the noise is reduced.
Viewing a bilingual program
B KV-AR142P52 only
When receiving an A2 program
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 Main t Sub
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound)
t
Advanced Operations 13
01GB05AVD-STTThai.p65 13 1/7/04, 11:02 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Viewing Teletext
B KV-AR212M61 only
Some TV stations broadcast an information service called Teletext which allows
you to receive various information, such as stock market reports and news.
You can use the buttons on the remote to view Teletext.
To Do this
display a Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
page on the screen changes as follows:
A/B
TV picture Teletext t Teletext and TV t TV.
1 2 3 If there is no Teletext broadcast, “100” is
4 5 6 displayed at the top left corner of the
7 8 9
screen.
0 check the contents Press .
PROG
of a Teletext service An overview of the Teletext contents,
including page numbers, appears on the
screen.
MENU
select a Teletext page Press the number buttons to enter the
three-digit page number of the desired
Teletext page. If you make a mistake,
(red, reenter the correct page number. To
green, access the next or previous page, press
yellow, TV or .
blue)
hold (pause) a Press to display the symbol “ ” at
Teletext display the top left corner of the screen. To
resume normal Teletext viewing, press
.
reveal concealed Press .
information (e.g., To conceal the information, press the
an answer to a quiz) button again.
enlarge the Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
display Teletext display changes as follows:
Enlarge upper half t Enlarge lower
half t Normal size.
stand by for a Teletext (1) Enter the Teletext page number that
page while watching you want to refer to, then press .
a TV program (2) When the page number is displayed,
press to show the text.
select a FASTEXT Press (red, green, yellow and blue)
menu or the colored that corresponds to the desired menu or
boxes page number.
turn off Teletext Press a.
Note
• The FASTEXT feature can be used only when the FASTEXT broadcast is available.
14 Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-STTThai.p65 14 1/7/04, 11:02 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the menu system
The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.
Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup menu
Language: English
Timer icon Picture Rotation Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Wide Mode:
Video Label
Setup icon Menu level 2
Color System:
Menu level 1 Portable Audio Mode:
Select Confirm End
User Guidance
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 18
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”
“VM” Sharpen the edges of each object:
(KV-AR212M61 only) “High” t “Low” t “Off”
“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:
“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 19
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”
option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”
“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.
“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:
“On” t “Off”
“Surround” Select the surround mode:
(KV-AR212M61 only)
“TruSurround” t “WOW”t “Simulated”
t “Off”
(KV-AR142P52 only)
“SRS” t “Simulated” t “Off”
continue
Menu Adjustment 15
01GB05AVD-STTThai.p65 15 1/7/04, 11:02 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
continued
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page
“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 21
“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.
“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 22
“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.
“Program Label” Label the program number.
“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.
“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 24
“English” t “ ” (Thai)
“Picture Rotation” Adjust the picture position.
(KV-AR212M61
only)
“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:
“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”
“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.
“Color System” Select the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM”* t “NTSC3.58”
t “NTSC4.43”
* The color system “SECAM” is available for
KV-AR212M61 only.
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”
16 Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-STTThai.p65 16 1/7/04, 11:02 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
How to use the menu
0
PROG
Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
MENU VM: High
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label
go to the next Program Block
Program Sorting
level.
Select Confirm End
Other menu operations
To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.
Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).
Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
Menu Adjustment 17
01GB05AVD-STTThai.p65 17 1/7/04, 11:02 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (
selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
VM: High
Intelligent Picture: On
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“VM” sharpen the edges of each object.
(Velocity Modulation) Choose either “High”, “Low” or “Off”.
(KV-AR212M61 only)
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment”,
“Color Temperature” and “VM” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under
“Personal” mode
1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,
“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.
2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .
3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
18 Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-STTThai.p65 18 1/7/04, 11:02 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”
icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic
Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .
Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
“Surround” (KV-AR212M61 only)
choose either “TruSurround”, “WOW”,
“Simulated” or “Off” (see page 10).
(KV-AR142P52 only)
choose either “SRS”, “Simulated” or “Off”
(see page 10).
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 20).
Note
• “Intelligent Volume” is not selectable when “TruSurround” is selected.
continue
Menu Adjustment 19
01GB06ADJ-STTThai.p65 19 1/7/04, 11:03 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
continued
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under
“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.
1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,
then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Select Confirm End
2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to
adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).
20 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STTThai.p65 20 1/7/04, 11:03 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),
then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .
Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .
“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.
Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.
Menu Adjustment 21
01GB06ADJ-STTThai.p65 21 1/7/04, 11:03 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”
icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .
Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 23).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
“Program Block” block unwanted programs.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen (see
step 3b) of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).
Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.
22 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STTThai.p65 22 1/7/04, 11:03 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Presetting channels manually
1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program
number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
TV System: B/G
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Skip: Off
Signal Booster: Auto
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End
2 Select the desired channel.
(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .
3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV
system (KV-AR212M61 only).
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .
4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.
5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .
Menu Adjustment 23
01GB06ADJ-STTThai.p65 23 1/7/04, 11:03 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, change the picture size, label the connected equipment, select the color
system and enjoy audio equipment sound.
1 Press MENU.
2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon
( ), then press .
Setup
Language:
Picture Rotation
English
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End
3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .
Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Thai), then press .
“Picture Rotation” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
(KV-AR212M61 Press B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .
only)
“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).
“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game”
or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .
“Color System” select the color system.
Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.
“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers, while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.
Note
• The color system “SECAM” is available for KV-AR212M61 only.
24 Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STTThai.p65 24 1/7/04, 11:03 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components
Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel
Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Video game
equipment
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Walkman
TV rear panel
1 Radio
Y
Antenna cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR Audio/Video cable
R R
(not supplied)
S Video cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Notes
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 23).
• When both (S video) and (video) for t 1 are connected at the same time,
(S video) is automatically selected. To view (video), disconnect the S video cable.
continue
Additional Information 25
01GB07ADJ-STTThai.p65 25 1/7/04, 11:03 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
continued
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )
TV rear panel
1
Y
Audio system
CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
CR
Audio/Video
R R
cable
(not supplied)
VCR
Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )
TV rear panel
1
Component video
Y
cable
(not supplied)
CB
L (MONO)
(MONO) L
CR
R R DVD player
Audio cable
(not supplied)
Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
26 Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-STTThai.p65 26 1/7/04, 11:03 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 23
low. the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
is inappropriate select the appropriate “TV System” from
(KV-AR212M61 only). “Manual Program”.
Noisy sound
No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 25
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on. 9
No sound • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.
continue
Additional Information 27
01GB08ADV-STTThai.p65 27 1/7/04, 11:04 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
continued
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10
No sound
No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 24
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound
–
Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other
stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.
Double images or • Broadcast signals are –
• Use a highly directional antenna.
“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 23
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is inappropriate. if it is in use.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 18
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 24
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical –
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or • Display the “Setup” menu and adjust 24
the direction of the “Picture Rotation” so that the picture
Good mo earth’s magnetic field position is optimal (KV-AR212M61 only).
rning!
may affect the TV.
28 Additional Information
01GB08ADV-STTThai.p65 28 1/7/04, 11:04 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
TV cannot receive • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
stereo broadcast or the cable is damaged. on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
sound.
or • The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Stereo broadcast
sound switches
on and off or is
distorted.
(KV-AR212M61 only)
“100” appears at • The channel carries
the top left of no Teletext
screen and there broadcast. –– 14
is no teletext
display
(KV-AR212M61 only).
Teletext display is • Connection is loose or • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
incomplete (snowy the cable is damaged. on the TV, VCR, and at the wall.
picture or double
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony
images) –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
(KV-AR212M61 only).
• Signal transmission • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
is too low. set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 23
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- –
• Count the number of times the 1
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.
The TV screen • The “Signal Booster”
sometimes goes is functioning to
blank for detect a weak signal.
slightly longer This does not –– –
than usual indicate a
during channel malfunction.
change.
continue
Additional Information 29
01GB08ADV-STTThai.p65 29 1/7/04, 11:04 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
continued
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
TV cabinet • Changes in room
creaks. temperature sometimes —
make the TV cabinet –
expand or contract,
causing a noise. This
does not indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. — –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.
30 Additional Information
01GB08ADV-STTThai.p65 30 1/7/04, 11:04 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
x Specifications
KV-AR212M61 KV-AR142P52 Note
Power requirements 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M B/G
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, PAL, PAL 60, NTSC4.43,
NTSC4.43,NTSC3.58 NTSC3.58 (AV IN)
Stereo/Bilingual system NICAM Stereo/Bilingual A2 Bilingual B/G
B/G, I, D/K; A2 Stereo/
Bilingual B/G
Teletext language English, French ––
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12 VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69 UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41 CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68 ––
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 ––
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to
R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41,
Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13 ––
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to
W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 10 W + 10 W 3W+3W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in. 14 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 37 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 34 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 589 × 463 × 479 414 × 352 × 410
Mass (kg) 27 13
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Sony Thai Co., Ltd.
2126 Kromadit Building, New Petchburi Road,
Bangkapi, Huaykwang, Bangkok 10320
Sony Corporation
Additional Information 31
01GB08ADV-STTThai.p65 31 1/7/04, 11:04 AM
Black
Sony KV-AR212M61 Group G4 (GB,TH)_2-149-092-11 (2)
You might also like
- Sony - Chassis bx1s KV hw212m50 m53 m63 m80 m83 m95 p50 - (ET)100% (7)Sony - Chassis bx1s KV hw212m50 m53 m63 m80 m83 m95 p50 - (ET)243 pages
- Sony Kv-bz215m80 Kv-bz215m80-h Kv-bz215m81 Chassis Bx1sNo ratings yetSony Kv-bz215m80 Kv-bz215m80-h Kv-bz215m81 Chassis Bx1s80 pages
- SONY KV-HA212M53_KV-HA212M81_KV-HA212M83_BX1SNo ratings yetSONY KV-HA212M53_KV-HA212M81_KV-HA212M83_BX1S154 pages
- Sony kv-sw21m30 kv-sw21m81 kv-sw21m83 kv-sw21m91 kv-sw21n60 kv-sw21p52 Chassis bx1s100% (1)Sony kv-sw21m30 kv-sw21m81 kv-sw21m83 kv-sw21m91 kv-sw21n60 kv-sw21p52 Chassis bx1s200 pages
- Sony kv-sw292m50 sw292m61 sw292m80 sw292n60 Chassis bx1l Ver.2.0No ratings yetSony kv-sw292m50 sw292m61 sw292m80 sw292n60 Chassis bx1l Ver.2.0189 pages
- Sony Kv-hw21m50 Kv-hw21m53 Kv-hw21m85 Chassis Bx1s SMNo ratings yetSony Kv-hw21m50 Kv-hw21m53 Kv-hw21m85 Chassis Bx1s SM132 pages
- Httpselektrotanya.comcgi Bindownload2.Cgidk=86jvuutunn8da3hybf2zbasxkujc6mnahgyerk6l8j3cja6u&Fid=108256&File=Sony Kv 14ct1No ratings yetHttpselektrotanya.comcgi Bindownload2.Cgidk=86jvuutunn8da3hybf2zbasxkujc6mnahgyerk6l8j3cja6u&Fid=108256&File=Sony Kv 14ct1152 pages
- Sony KV-XF25N90 (Chassis BG-3S) Manual de Servicio100% (1)Sony KV-XF25N90 (Chassis BG-3S) Manual de Servicio59 pages
- Sony Kv-Xa21m83 93 n93 p80 Xa51m61 Chassis bg-3r (ET)No ratings yetSony Kv-Xa21m83 93 n93 p80 Xa51m61 Chassis bg-3r (ET)91 pages
- Sony Kdl-40ex720 Chassis Az2f Diagnostics Service ModeNo ratings yetSony Kdl-40ex720 Chassis Az2f Diagnostics Service Mode5 pages
- Toshiba LCD 42LX196 Troubleshooting GuideNo ratings yetToshiba LCD 42LX196 Troubleshooting Guide10 pages
- The Unofficial WG K7000 Repair Guide: Arcade Monitor Troubleshooting Guides, #1From EverandThe Unofficial WG K7000 Repair Guide: Arcade Monitor Troubleshooting Guides, #1No ratings yet
- Reference Guide To Useful Electronic Circuits And Circuit Design Techniques - Part 2From EverandReference Guide To Useful Electronic Circuits And Circuit Design Techniques - Part 2No ratings yet
- Reference Guide To Useful Electronic Circuits And Circuit Design Techniques - Part 1From EverandReference Guide To Useful Electronic Circuits And Circuit Design Techniques - Part 12.5/5 (3)
- Virtual Boy Architecture: Architecture of Consoles: A Practical Analysis, #17From EverandVirtual Boy Architecture: Architecture of Consoles: A Practical Analysis, #17No ratings yet
- Influence of System Parameters Using Fuse Protection of Regenerative DC DrivesFrom EverandInfluence of System Parameters Using Fuse Protection of Regenerative DC DrivesNo ratings yet
- Data Communication and Networking: For Under-graduate StudentsFrom EverandData Communication and Networking: For Under-graduate StudentsNo ratings yet
- Electronic Automotive Transmission Troubleshooter Nissan-Infinity VehiclesFrom EverandElectronic Automotive Transmission Troubleshooter Nissan-Infinity VehiclesNo ratings yet
- Radio Shack TRS-80 Expansion Interface: Operator's Manual Catalog Numbers: 26-1140, 26-1141, 26-1142From EverandRadio Shack TRS-80 Expansion Interface: Operator's Manual Catalog Numbers: 26-1140, 26-1141, 26-1142No ratings yet
- Deadlocks, Concurrency Control, RecoveryNo ratings yetDeadlocks, Concurrency Control, Recovery23 pages
- EA 4 02ExpressionoftheUncertaintyoftheMeasurementinCalibration1 PDFNo ratings yetEA 4 02ExpressionoftheUncertaintyoftheMeasurementinCalibration1 PDF29 pages
- Ra 11479 /the Anti-Terrorism Act of 2020 - ExplainerNo ratings yetRa 11479 /the Anti-Terrorism Act of 2020 - Explainer4 pages
- Electromagnetically Evaluated Distributions of Current and Magnetic Field in Building Hit by LightningNo ratings yetElectromagnetically Evaluated Distributions of Current and Magnetic Field in Building Hit by Lightning8 pages
- Adobe Premiere Pro CC 20171 1110222 PreCracked CrackzSoft Crack PDFNo ratings yetAdobe Premiere Pro CC 20171 1110222 PreCracked CrackzSoft Crack PDF4 pages
- Aalborg Universitet: Hansen, Rico HjermNo ratings yetAalborg Universitet: Hansen, Rico Hjerm291 pages
- Annexure-I Hira For Upvc & PP Piping Works.No ratings yetAnnexure-I Hira For Upvc & PP Piping Works.2 pages
- Insight Pre-Intermediate - Teacher's BookNo ratings yetInsight Pre-Intermediate - Teacher's Book160 pages
